BOARD POLICIES

BOARD POLICIES

POLICY MANUAL:

This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the Algona Community School District. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones. 

How To Use This Policy Manual
The Algona Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors.  The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures.  The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.

The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system.  There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.

        100    SCHOOL DISTRICT
        200    BOARD OF DIRECTORS
        300    ADMINISTRATION
        400    EMPLOYEES
        500    STUDENTS
        600    EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
        700    NON-INSTRUCTIONAL BUSINESS SERVICES
        800    BUILDINGS AND SITES
        900    COMMUNITY RELATIONS

Sub-classifications under each numeric Series are based on a logical sequence and coded by the sub-classification numeric code.

How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy.  The first is to click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series.  To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.

The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword or phrase in the Search box in the upper right hand corner of this site.  It will show results that may match your search word or phrase.  Then click on an individual policy or item to review.

Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (515) 295-3528 or writing the school district at Algona Community School District, 600 South Hale Street, Algona, Iowa, 50511.

 

jen@iowaschool… Thu, 09/19/2019 - 12:29

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT

100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13

100 - Legal Status of the District

100 - Legal Status of the District

This school corporation is located in Kossuth County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Algona Community School District Board of Directors.  This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.

Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System.  As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law.  This school district is known as the Algona Community School District.

 

 

Date of Adoption:    
May 9, 2016            

Date of Review
October 12, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:22

101 - Educational Philosophy of the District

101 - Educational Philosophy of the District

As a school corporation of Iowa, the Algona Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students.  The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community.  The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.

The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals.  In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.

Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education.  Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum.  The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.

The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district.  The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11 (2013).

Date of Adoption
April 14, 1975

Date of Review
October 12, 2020

Date of Revisions:
May 9, 2016

 

jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 14:18

101.1 - Athletic Department Philosophy

101.1 - Athletic Department Philosophy

In our society today athletics and athletes have become a focal point.  The media hype has exposed almost everyone to a wide variety of athletic events and performances.  Anyone who has seen football, basketball, volleyball, golf, etc. has developed a certain "expertise" in that particular sport.  The media have done a tremendous job of marketing their product to enable the consumer to watch the attainment of "excellence" in virtually every sport.  The unfortunate result of this constant hype is that many parents expect the same for their son or daughter.  This is an understandable desire, but one that is not realistic for a student in a school athletic program and often results in unrealistic expectations from both parents and students.  As a result this creates undue pressure on the parent, athlete, coach, school, and community.  The person most affected is the student/athlete.  The school has a responsibility to create the best environment possible to try to insure athletics are kept in the proper perspective.  To that end the athletic program will take its place alongside of, but will not overshadow, the educational program.

 

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

The purpose of the Algona Community School District's athletic program is to:

Strive for excellence that will produce highly competitive teams and promote educational values appropriate to athletics.  The athletic program provides opportunities that will prepare students to strive for success in the contemporary world.  This preparation should include:

     a.  physical, mental, and emotional growth and development;
     b. 
acquisition and development of special skills in activities of each student's choice.
     c. 
team play with development of such traits as cooperation, sense of fair play, and loyalty; and
     d. 
the development of self-discipline, self-motivation, dedication, leadership, and the ideals of good sportsmanship.

The seventh grade program trains the players in the basic fundamentals of the game and introduces basic offenses and defenses.  The volleyball, football, basketball, wrestling, and track programs interscholastic.  The main emphasis at the 7th grade level will be on participation.  However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.

The eighth grade program contains interscholastic competition in all sports.  Basic skills taught in the seventh grade will be refined.  The main emphasis at the eighth grade level will be on participation.  However, when an A game and a B game are played, the emphasis will be on competition in the A game and participation in the B game.

Any player from grades nine through twelve is eligible for varsity competition.  Junior varsity competition is available to students in grades nine through eleven while only ninth graders may participate on ninth grade teams.  Only tenth grade students may participate on tenth grade teams.  In determining placement on a given team, there is NO priority placed on the grade level of the student, only on the qualities  they display as written above.

The ninth grade program expands the number of contests played during the middle school program.  By the ninth grade some of the players will possess more talent in terms of the fundamental skills and offensive and defensive schemes.  Therefore, while an effort is made to play as many players as possible, the more advanced players will get the majority of the playing time.

The junior varsity program will continue to develop players and utilize those players who show the greatest ability in a variety of skill areas.  Specialization of players in terms of fulfilling a role on a team will become more evident at this level.  Those who are more able will be the primary players for the team.

The varsity team is for those who possess and demonstrate the necessary athletic skills and perform them both in practice and competition.  Players who display excellent leadership and/or enthusiasm may well have an advantage when skill levels appear to be quite equal.  Specialization is often a necessity at this level and players will be used in specific roles for the benefit of the entire team.

 

 

Date of Adoption:
February 10, 1992

Date of Review:
October 5, 2005

Date of Revisions:
October 12, 2020

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:28

102 - Educational Equity Policy Statement

102 - Educational Equity Policy Statement

It is the policy of the Algona Community School not to discriminate on the basis of  race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexial orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability in its educational programs, activities, or employment policies as required by Title VI and VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, and Section 504 of the Federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973.

It is also the policy of this district that the curriculum content and instructional materials utilized reflect the cultural and racial diversity present in the United States and the variety of careers, roles, and life styles open to women as well as men in our society. One of the objectives of the total curriculum and teaching strategies is to reduce stereotyping and to eliminate bias on the basis of sex, race, ethnicity, religion and disability race, color, national origin, creed, socio-economic status, religion, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity or marital status.age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, socio-economic status or disability. The curriculum should foster respect and appreciation for the cultural diversity found in our country and an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each individual as a member of a pluralistic society.

Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX, Title VI, or Section 504 may be directed to the Curriculum Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St., Algona, Iowa  50511, 515-295-3528; to the Director of the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, Des Moines, Iowa; or to the Director of the Region VII Office of Civil Rights, Department of Education, Kansas City, Missouri.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq. (2006).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq. (2006).
29 U.S.C. § 794 (2006).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 (2006).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 (2006).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11,
280.3 (2009). 281  I.A.C. 12.19B, 19B.11, 601A

Date of Adoption:  
October 14, 1985

Date of Review:       
November 11, 1996
                                    

Date of Revisions: 
October 12, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:32

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

The Algona Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:

Agricultural Business and Management
Construction Trades
Radio and Television Broadcasting Technology/Technician
Business/Commerce General
Health Services
Family and Consumer Science
Automotive

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:36

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102.E2 - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:37

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102.E3 - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

The Algona Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student’s disability.  It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students.  As a parent, you have the right to the following:

  • Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student’s disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
  • Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
  • Receipt of information about your child and your child’s educational programs and activities in your native language;
  • Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request re-evaluation of your child.
  • Inspect and review your child’s educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child’s educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child’s file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
  • Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child’s evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity, and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, Iowa 50511, 515-295-3528.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:39

102.E4 - Complaint Form

102.E4 - Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:40
File Attachments

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

102.E5 - Witness Disclosure Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:56

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

102.E6 - Disposition of Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 09:58

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

102.R1 - Grievance Procedure

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices.  There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination.  If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact the Equity Coordinator, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA  50511 515-295-3528.

Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination.  The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination.  If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.

A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor.  However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below.  Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies.  Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).

Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s).  An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.  The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.

Investigation
Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”).  If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved.  The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:

  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
  • A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
  • Interivews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
  • An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to he investigation

Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.

The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision with 5 working days of completing the written report.  Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

Decision and Appeal

The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless with 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered.  The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent.  With 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the

decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information.  The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision with 5 working days of the decision.  Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.

The decision of the superintendent shall be final.

The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.

This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.

If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.

Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited.  Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:01

103 - Long Range Needs Assessment

103 - Long Range Needs Assessment

Long range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals.  The board shall conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earnersFeedback regarding the needs assessment shall be provided to the Board of Education and School Improvement Task Force.

In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the Board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the Board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators.  The Superintendent shall report annually to the Board about the means used to keep the community informed.

As a result of the Board and the committee’s work, the Board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs;

establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and Policy maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:                    
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21, 256.7(4), 280.12, .18,   
281 IA Admin. Code 12.8(1)(b).

Date of Adoption:  
June 19, 1989                                                 

Date of Review:          
October 12, 2020

Date of Revision: 
May 9, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:04

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment Policy

104 - Anti-Bullying/Anti Harassment Policy

The Algona Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.  

Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board. 

Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school-sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.

Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy.  The superintendent is responsible for implementation of this policy and all accompanying procedures. Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.  Within 24 hours of receiving a report that a student may have been the victim of conduct that constitutes bullying and/or harassment, the district will notify the parent or guardian of the student.

If as a result of viewing surveillance system data or based on a report from a school district employee, the district determines that a student has suffered bullying or harassment by another student enrolled in the district, a parent or guardian of the student may enroll the student in another attendance center within the district that offers classes at the student’s grade level, subject to the requirements and limitations established in Iowa law related to this topic.

A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.

Retaliation Prohibited
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.

Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds.  

Definitions 
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:  

  • “Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means.  “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.  
  • “Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions: 
    1. Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property. 
    2. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.  
    3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance.  Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school. 
  • “Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
  • “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.

Publication of Policy 
The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:

  • Inclusion in the student handbook,
  • Inclusion in the employee handbook
  • Inclusion in the registration materials
  • Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,
  • (other)                                                                                                     

 

NOTE: This is a mandatory policy. School districts are required to collect and report data regarding instances of bullying and harassment as required by law. 

 

NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.

 

Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.
29 U.S.C. § 794.
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7. 
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.3; 28;    
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)

Adopted:
November 9, 2015

Revised: August 14, 2023

Reviewed:
October 12, 2020

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:07

104.E1 - Complaint Form

104.E1 - Complaint Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:10
File Attachments

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

104.E2 - Witness Disclosure Form

See form attached.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:12

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures

104.R1 - Anti-Bullying/Anti-Harassment Investigation Procedures

Filing a Complaint
An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.  The complaint form is available at https://algona.iowaschoolfinance.com/sites/algona.iowaschoolfinance.com… If the complainant is a school employee, after filing the complaint with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee, the employee may separately notify the parent or guardian of the student alleged to have been harassed or bullied.

An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists.  Complaints shall be filed within [state number of days - 180] of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence.  The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed. 

Investigation 
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The [superintendent or the superintendent’s designee or name the position if not the superintendent] (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.  

The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following: 

  • Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)
  • A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint; 
  • A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement; 
  • Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation; 
  • A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and 
  • Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation. 

The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy.  Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involved the building principal 

The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy.  Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible. 

Additional suggestions for administrative procedures regarding this policy include: 

  • Organizing training programs for students, school employees, and volunteers regarding how to recognize bullying and harassing behavior and what to do if this behavior is witnessed; and
  • Developing a process for evaluating the effectiveness of this policy in reducing bullying and harassing behavior. 

Decision 
The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation.  If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion.  If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination.  If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds. 

Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy.  Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion.  Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment.  Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.  
 

NOTE: School districts must include a number of requirements in the district anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy. This regulation builds on the requirements addressed in IASB sample policy 104 by more specifically detailing sample investigation procedures. Districts should ensure that the district’s practice is reflective of the policy and regulations that the district’s leadership team has established. Please remember that the procedures outlined here should be consistent with the policy. 

 

NOTE: Some conduct that falls under a school’s anti-bullying/anti-harassment policy also may trigger responsibilities under one or more of the federal and state antidiscrimination laws. By limiting the response to a specific application of its anti-bullying/anti-harassment disciplinary policy and the accompanying procedures, a school may fail to properly consider whether the alleged conduct also results in discriminatory bullying and/or harassment.

Reviewed: August 14, 2023

Revised: August 14, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 10:15

105 - Therapy Animals

105 - Therapy Animals

School Therapy Dogs certified with their owners/handlers as Certified Therapy Dogs provide social emotional and physical support in the educational setting. These highly trained dogs model good behavior, tolerance, acceptance and assist with student’s behavior concerns. All Certified Therapy Dogs in the Algona School District work to support students, positively influence student achievement and support student’s social and emotional health.

Definition: Therapy dogs are dogs trained and certified to provide social emotional or therapeutic functions under the direction and control of a qualified handler who works with the dog as a team. Such dogs, with their handlers, perform such functions within the school setting,  community-based group settings, or when providing services to specific persons.

Therapy dogs will be certified through Alliance of Therapy Dog, Love on a Leash, or an AKC therapy dog certification program approved by administration prior to being placed within a school building. This training is the responsibility of the handler. A current certificate showing active certification should be kept in the handler’s building administrative office. Therapy dogs are owned by Algona Community School staff members who wish to use a therapy dog to augment building educational programs. They will abide by the Therapy Dog Handler Ethics code.

The owner(s), as identified on the Therapy dog vital information form, of identified Therapy Dog(s) will be responsible for all costs associated with the training and certification, general care, feeding and veterinarian care for therapy dog(s).

Conditions of Use:
Therapy Dogs may be used in the school setting on a regular basis when the following documentation is in place:

1) Administrative Approval - The use of the animal or animals must be approved by the administrator(s) of the building(s) in which the Professional Therapy Dog’s handler works yearly. A current letter stating this approval should be written and kept on file in the building. 

2) Health Records
The owner/handler must provide a record of annual vaccinations received by the dog and signed by a veterinarian; these health records should be kept on file in the school building administrative office.  

3) Hygiene and Animal Care Guidelines:

  • The dog should receive a bordatella vaccination annually; rabies vaccinations and five- way parvo/distemper (DHPP) shall be updated every three years. Please note: dogs less than one year of age or receiving their rabies and parvo vaccinations for the first time shall receive a follow-up vaccine in one year, with vaccinations every three years thereafter.
  • The dog should be given an annual comprehensive wormer or fecal check for worms.
  • The dog should be checked for external parasite control.
  • All owners will give preventive parasite (fleas and ticks) control and heartworm medication year-round. Annual tests for heart worm are recommended. The dog should be groomed and bathed regularly. Good judgment should be used based on the dog’s hair, skin, and dander concerns.

3) Documentation
The following documents should be up to date and kept on file in the school building and the office of the Coordinator of Special Education.

  • A copy of the Alliance of Therapy Dog, Love on a Leash, or an AKC therapy dog certification program approved by administration certificate of completion.
  • A signed copy of the Therapy Dog Handler Ethics
  • The Therapy Dog guidelines and procedures utilized at the school site (determined by the administrator and dog owner/handler).
  • Dates, method, and participants for sharing the guidelines and procedures with staff and students (minimum of once a year)
  • Proof of insurance

4) Insurance
A district staff member using a therapy dog according to the above guidelines, must be covered by their private insurance policy (minimum $1 million liability coverage). A current copy of liability insurance should be kept on file in the administrative office of the building where the Therapy Dog is located.

5) The privilege to bring a Therapy Dog into the school setting may be terminated:

  • If the handler or dog behave in a way deemed unprofessional or unsafe.
  • Any time the school administration deems it necessary to end the program due to student, building or district needs.

Service Animals
These guidelines pertain to therapy dogs and pet visitation dogs only.  For staff and students requiring the assistance of a "Service Animal," the District will comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Iowa Code Chapter 216C.  Also:  See Code No. 646.

Legal References:
Code of Iowa § 279.8

Date of Review
November 11, 2020

Date of Revisions

 

***Supporting documents:  not actually a part of the actual policy.

 

 

jcarter@algona… Mon, 10/26/2020 - 15:28

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibitied

106 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibitied

DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT BASED ON SEX PROHIBITED

 

In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Algona Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District.  This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.  

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX.  This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX.  For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.

Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator.

Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education.  Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.

 

Legal References:  20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq.

                               34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.

 

Date of Adoption
October 12, 2020

 

 

jcarter@algona… Fri, 11/13/2020 - 12:37

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:13

200 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

200 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors

The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees.  The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency.  As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform:  legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.

As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district.  As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the board, under the board’s executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board’s behalf.  The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.

The board has a responsibility to review the education program’s performance under its evaluative duty.  The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services.  The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program’s ability to achieve the board’s educational philosophy and goals for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:53

201 - Legal Status of the Board

201 - Legal Status of the Board

The Board of Education of the Algona Community School District derives its legal status from the constitution of the State of Iowa and the statutes enacted by the Iowa General Assembly. A Board of Education may establish additional rules and regulations that are not in conflict with the laws of the State or our Nation.

The Board of Education can transact business which is legally binding on the District only when it is in regular or special session with a quorum present and its proceedings recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

The Board of Education retains full legislative and judicial authority over the schools in accordance with the school laws and the expressed will of the electorate, but delegates all executive, supervisory, and instructional authority to its employees as hereinafter specified. Legislative service under the law implies the power and the obligation to contract for service and materials, the power to inspect, the power to pass judgment upon employees and their work, and power to veto acts of any or all employees when such acts are deemed contrary to the legal rights or obligations of the District, or inconsistent with established Board policies.

While the Board of Education is charged by the State with the responsibility for providing educational opportunities for the children of its schools and directing those public school activities which the State entrusts to its care and supervision, a carefully planned pattern of authority is observed by the Board.

In fulfilling its obligations, the Board acts similarly in its relationships to the schools as do Boards of Directors to successful business organizations; that is, through the power of legislation, by the determination of policies, and the evaluation of results. The direct  administration of the school system is delegated to the Superintendent of Schools whom the Board appoints to act as Executive Officer of the Board. The Superintendent is held individually and directly responsible to the Board for the execution of all its policies and its legislations and for such other duties assigned to the Superintendent by the Board. Individual members have status as Board members only when acting formally as members of the Board while it is in regular or special session, or when specifically entrusted by the Board to carry out definite assignments.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:55

201.1 - Organization of School Board

201.1 - Organization of School Board

The Algona Community School District Board of Directors is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law. The board shall consist of seven (7) board members.  Board members are elected at-large.

The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district.  The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes.  The retiring board will transfer materials and responsibility to the new board.

The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results.  The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin.  The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members.  The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.

 

 

Legal Reference:                    
(Code of Iowa)

Iowa Code secs. 274.2, 277.28, .31, 279.1, .5, .7
(1987 as amended by H.F. 499, 72nd G.A. 1st Sess.).
670 Iowa Admin. Code 3.1(2);          

Date of Adoption:
November 9, 1987

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 11:58

201.2 - General Powers and Duties

201.2 - General Powers and Duties

The Board of Directors shall make rules for its own government and that of the teachers and pupils, and for the care of the schoolhouse, grounds and property of the school corporation, and aid in the enforcement of these rules, and require the performance of duties of said persons imposed by the law and the rules.  The board is also empowered to enforce its policies.  The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.

 

Legislative -  The School Board represents the people of the District and shall function as a policy-making body. The Board has complete jurisdiction over the School
                     District and its employees.

Executive   - The Board of Directors selects an Executive Officer, the Superintendent of Schools, and delegates to the Superintendent the authority for carrying out the
                     policies, plans, and administrative details necessary to insure that all phases formulated by the Board are made effective in the operation of the Schools.

Evaluative  - Evaluation is that function which attempts, through careful examination and study of facts and conditions, to determine the efficiency of the operation of
                     the schools, not only in dollars and cents, but in desirable values as the result of instruction based on a sound philosophy of education.

The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).

Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(2).
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 66.
Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Adoption:        
May 12, 1975                          

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 12:32

202 - Elections

202 - Elections

The school election takes place on the second Tuesday in September of odd-numbered years.  Each biennial school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 7 member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.

Citizens of the school district seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary’s designee, between sixty-four and forty days before the school election unless otherwise directed.

If a vacancy occurs on the board, it may be filled by appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.

If the board does not fill the vacancy by appointment, the board secretary will call a special election to fill the vacancy.  Candidates for a seat created by a vacancy must file their nomination papers 25 days before the special election.

It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 277.1 - 277.32

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975                        

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 12:38

202.1 - Oath of Office

202.1 - Oath of Office

Board members are officials of the state.  As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibility of the office to the best of the board member’s ability.

Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official.  The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at or before the annual meeting or organizational meeting of the board depending on the year.  In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.

Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.

The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting.  In the event the board secretary is absent,the oath is administered by another board member.

“Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of board director in the Algona Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?”

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 69.12, 274.7; 279.6-7 (2007)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
February 9, 2009                                                        

Date of Review:                                                      
December 14, 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:38

202.2 - Term of Office

202.2 - Term of Office

Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in September, of odd numbered years, shall serve for four years.  Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.  A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.

Being a board member is a unique opportunity to participate on a governing board of the school district.  Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7

Date of Adoption:                                                      
February 9, 2009                                                        

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:40

202.3 - Board Vacancies

202.3 - Board Vacancies

A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but it not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.

If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy.  The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.

A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.

If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred.  A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.6; 69; 277.29; 279

Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
1944 Op. Att'y Gen. 39.

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:41

203 - Conflict of Interest

203 - Conflict of Interest

Board members must be able to make decisions objectively.  It shall be a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties.  It shall not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts to purchase goods or services if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $20,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.

It shall also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest shall be deemed to exist shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.
  1. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state of the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity;
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest.  It shall also be the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest.  Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975 

Date of Review:
August 8, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:44

204 - Code of Ethics

204 - Code of Ethics
  1. A CREED FOR BOARD MEMBERS:
  • I will listen.
  • I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merits of their work.
  • I will be motivated only by a desire to serve the students and the citizens of my area.
  • I will recognize that it is my responsibility together with the other Board Members to see that the educational system is properly run - not to run it myself.
  • I will work through the administrative employees of the Board and not over or around them.
  • I will recognize that Board business may be legally transacted only in open meetings legally called.
  • I will inform myself on the proper duties and functions of a Board Member.
  1. IN PERFORMING THE FUNCTIONS OF A BOARD MEMBER:
  • I will deal in terms of general educational policies.
  • I will function in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body.
  • I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will attempt to protect and conserve it.
  1. IN MAINTAINING DESIRABLE RELATIONS WITH OTHER MEMBERS OF THE BOARD:
  • I will respect the opinions of others.
  • I will give the Superintendent of Schools authority commensurate with his/her responsibility.
  • I will expect the schools to be administered by the best trained technical and professional personnel it is possible to procure.
  • I will insist that committees be appointed to serve only in an investigating and advisory capacity.
  • I will consider unethical and will thus avoid star chamber or secret sessions of Board Members held without presence of the administration.
  1. IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO THE AREA:
  • I will attempt to appraise fairly both the present and the future educational needs of the area.
  • I will be aware that student needs are not confined to the development of vocational skills and I will support programs with broad educational goals in addition to specialized courses.
  • In considering the needs of the students of the area I will not be provincial in my thinking, but will realize that their opportunities will transcend the borders of the area and I will support program offerings accordingly.
  • I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for educational facilities and program.
  • I will interpret to the Superintendent of Schools as best I can the needs and attitudes of the area.
  • I will consider it an important responsibility of the Board to interpret the aims and methods of the educational program and the materials used in them to the people of the area.
  • I will insist that business transactions of the organization be on an ethical, open and above-board basis.
  1. IN WORKING WITH THE EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND HIS/HER STAFF:
  • I will hold the Superintendent of Schools responsible for the administration of the schools in accordance with the policies established by the Board.
  • I will appoint employees only on the recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will participate in Board legislation only after considering the recommendation of the Superintendent and only after the Superintendent has furnished complete information supporting the recommendation.
  • I will expect the Superintendent of Schools to keep the Board of Directors adequately informed at all times through both oral and written reports.
  • I will expect to spend more time in Board meetings on educational problems and procedures than on business detail.
  • I will give the Superintendent of Schools friendly counsel and advice.
  • I will refer all complaints to the proper administrative officer or insist that they be presented in writing to the Board as a whole through the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will present any personal criticisms of employees to the Superintendent of Schools.
  • I will recognize that authority rests with the Board in legal session - not in individual members of the Board.
  • I will make no disparaging remarks in or out of meetings about other members of the Board or their opinions.
  • I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
  • I will make decisions in Board meetings only after all sides of the question have been presented.
  1. TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS:
  • I will not help to elect a superintendent, principal, or teacher who is already under contract with another school without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.
  • I will consider it unethical to bid for the services of a teacher or pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring Board or superintendent.
  • I will not recommend a teacher for a position in another school unless I would employ said teacher under similar circumstances.
  • I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of a teacher to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness, being careful not to overpraise nor to be unduly critical.
  • I will associate myself with school Board members of other districts, both personally and in conferences, for the purpose of discussing school problems and cooperating in the improvement of public school conditions.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:47

205 - Board Member Liability

205 - Board Member Liability

Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community.  In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.

The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission.  The school district, however, cannot save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).

42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 670 (2013).
Legal Reference: (Code of Iowa)
Chapter 71.1, 277.27, 279.7A, 301.28

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:50

206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers

206 - Board of Direcctors' Officers dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:52

206.1 - President

206.1 - President

It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner.  The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.

The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.

The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members.  Before making or second a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.

The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board.  Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.

The board president, as chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                               
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:52

206.2 - Vice President

206.2 - Vice President

If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice-president of the board to carry out the duties of the president.  If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president’s term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.

The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting, to serve a one-year term of office.

The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion.  The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:53

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer

A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public.  To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students.  The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities.  It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.

In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the Superintendent will assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed.  The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board.  The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64;

279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4,
.6-.12,  .14; 299.10, (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 328.

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:55

207 - Legal Counsel

207 - Legal Counsel

It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district.  The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.

The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district.  The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel.  The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent.  Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.  It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction,

395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
Iowa Code § 279.37 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:56

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

208 - Ad Hoc Committees

Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board.  Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.

An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee.  The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution.  The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution.  The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration.  The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.  The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution.  When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue.  The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee.  The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
O.A.G., Nov. 18, 1993

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:57

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures

209 - Board of Directors' Management Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 13:59

209.1 - Formulation of Policy

209.1 - Formulation of Policy

The primary responsibility for formulating policy rests with the Board of Directors.  Policies for the consideration of the Board may be proposed by any member of the Board, the Superintendent of Schools, a member of the professional staff with the approval of the Superintendent, a lay group or organization, or by any citizen of the School District.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:               
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:01

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

209.2 - Adoption of Policy

Policy proposals shall be submitted to the Board, through the Superintendent of Schools, prior to a regularly scheduled meeting.  Final adoption of policies shall occur after consideration by the board.

 

 

Date of Adoption:  
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:     
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:02

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

209.3 - Dissemination of Policy

A hard copy of the board policy manual is housed at the central administration office and is available to each  board member if requested.  Persons wishing to review the board policy manual may contact the board secretary, who will have a board policy manual available for public inspection.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals no later than the first regular board meeting following the policy's adoption. 

The board policy manual may also be available electronically on the district website.  Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure any electronic version of the policy manual is current

Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Adoption:

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:03

209.4 - Revision of Policy

209.4 - Revision of Policy

The Policies of the Board of Directors may be rescinded, changed, or amended by resolution adopted at any regular meeting, provided notice of such potential is set forth in the posted agenda.  New members should review the Policies of the Board that are operational not later than 30 days after the annual Organizational Meeting of the Board. The Board will review all policies, and re-approve, amend or delete at least every five years. The purpose of such review shall be to strengthen the operation of the Board and to improve the educational program of the school.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:05

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy

When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken.  If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:06

209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and Regulations

209.6 - Adoption of Administrative Rules and Regulations

Administrative rules and regulations shall be drawn by the Superintendent of Schools and shall be submitted to the Board of Directors in writing prior to a regularly scheduled meeting. The proposed rule of regulation shall be read at the regular meeting with final action scheduled for the next regular meeting.

In general, administrative rules and regulations serve to implement the policies of the Board of Directors.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:07

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings

210 - Board of Directors' Meetings dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:10

210.1 - Annual Meeting

210.1 - Annual Meeting

Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.

At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30.  As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.  The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Annual Meeting, Chapter 277.28, 279.3,  279.30,
291.2, 453.1 - 453.6

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:                                             
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:13

210.10 - Order of Regular Business Meetings

210.10 - Order of Regular Business Meetings

The normal order of business at all meetings shall be as follows:

PUBLIC FORUM Prior to meeting

  1.          Call to Order.
  2.          Roll Call.
  3.          Adopt Agenda.
  4.          Minutes.
  5.          Warrants.
  6.          Financial Statements.
  7.          Board Reports.
  8.          Superintendent's Report.
  9.          Communications to the Board.
  10.        Hearing of any Delegations.
  11.        Administrative Reports.
  12.        Unfinished Business.
  13.        New Business.
  14.        Personnel.
  15.        Adjournment.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:28

210.2 - Regular Meetings

210.2 - Regular Meetings

The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its annual or organizational meeting.  The regular meetings of the board will be held on the  second Monday of each month.

Meetings will begin promptly at 7:00 p.m.  The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board's convenience.  Public notice of the meetings will be given.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:     May 12, 1975               

Date of Review:        December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:15

210.3 - Special Meetings

210.3 - Special Meetings

It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting.  Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.  Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.

If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting.  The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.

Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting.  The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 148.

Date of Adoption:      
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:16

210.4 - Work Session

210.4 - Work Session

The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action.  While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action.  Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities.  The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.

Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session.  No board action will take place at the work session.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).

1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 384, 514, 765.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 287.

Date of Adoption:      
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:      
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:18

210.5 - Meeting Notices

210.5 - Meeting Notices

Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board.  Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings. The public notice will be posted in a  prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the central administration office, and on an exterior facing door/window so that community members may see the agenda when the building is physically closed.  The agenda will be posted  at least           days before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.

A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary.  A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.

In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting.  In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation.  The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.
 

NOTE:  This policy states that the notice will be posted in the central administration office which is a legal requirement.  If an additional procedure is used, the board may want to include that procedure.

 

Legal Reference: Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2.

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

July 10, 2023

REVISED: July 10, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:19

210.6 - Quorum for Meetings

210.6 - Quorum for Meetings

The majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A majority vote of those present shall be necessary and sufficient to pass any motion or to take any action of the Board unless the vote of a greater number with respect to the particular subject matter shall be required by law or other Board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.4

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:21

210.7 - Rules of Order

210.7 - Rules of Order

An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district.  Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board.  They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.

The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.

The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:

  • To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
  • To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
  • To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
  • To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.

It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption
May 12, 1975

Date of Review
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:23

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

210.7R1 - Rules of Order Regulation

The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:

  1. Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
  1. All motions will be made as a positive action.
  1. A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast.  Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation.  It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
  1. All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board.  If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
  1. The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue.  An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
  1. The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
  1. The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
  1. The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting.  Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
  1. The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
  1. The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:25

210.8 - Agenda

210.8 - Agenda

The Superintendent of Schools shall submit to the Board of Directors for its consideration, at least two days before a regular meeting, a tentative agenda which shall set forth the order of business for that meeting.  The tentative agenda shall be posted at the front entrance of the Central Administration offices.  Emergency or other items may be added to the agenda prior to formal Board approval of the agenda.

The agenda shall contain supporting data for the suggested items of business, together with recommendations of the Superintendent, or recommendations from staff members designated by the Superintendent.

Whenever possible, the agenda shall be documented with evidence such as charts, graphs, statistics, previous experience records and/or precedents which bear on the matters to be considered.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21.3 and 21.4

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:26

210.9 - Consent Agendas

210.9 - Consent Agendas

Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content.  Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc.  These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.

In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.

The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda.  By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution.  Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.

Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:27

211 - Open Meetings

211 - Open Meetings

A gathering of a majority of board members in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting.  A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place.  Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2 (2013).

1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 162.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 167.

Date of Adoption:
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/16/2020 - 14:30

212 - Closed Sessions

212 - Closed Sessions

Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law.  The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting in the situations stated below.

Exceptions to the Open Meetings Law

Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting.  The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice.  The motion for  a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting.  A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote.  Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary.  Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.

The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended.  The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting.  Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.

The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspeciton.  The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law.  The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session.

Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:

  1. To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board’s possession or receipt of federal funds.
  1. To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.
  1. To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct  a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.
  1. To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual’s reputation and that individual requests a closed session.
  1. To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase the price the board would have to pay for the property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for the property.

Exemptions to the Open Meetings Law

Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discusion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meeting law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements.  Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.  The board may also hold an exempt session for the following:

  1. Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;
  1. To discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;
  1. To conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher’s contract.  The private  hearing however, in the teacher’s contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and
  1. To conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator’s contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator’s contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24 (2011).

1982 Op. Att’y Gen. 162
1980 Op. Att’y Gen. 167
1976 Op. Att’y Gen. 384, 514, 765
1972 Op. Att’y Gen. 158
1970 Op. Att’y Gen. 287

Approved:   
October 10, 2011

Date Reviewed:   
December 14, 2020

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 18:54

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings

The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters.  In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment.  

Public Comment During Board Meetings

Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment.  Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time.  The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.  

The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation.  Normally, speakers will be limited to 5 minutes.  However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.  Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.  

Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings.  

Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda

Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board.  For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower. 

Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition.  The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up.  The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address.  Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up.  The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal.  Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak. The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.  

The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility.  The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment.  Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.  Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action.  
 

NOTE: This policy must be displayed on the district’s website to comply with the district’s legal requirements on transparency.

 

NOTE: Boards need to make the determination how best, to involve the public in their board meetings.  Boards that follow other practices for allowing the public to participate in board meetings should amend this policy to reflect their practice.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, 279.8B

Date of Adoption:                 
June 8, 1981

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

August 14, 2023

REVISED:

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:18

213.1 - Handling Grievances-Complaints

213.1 - Handling Grievances-Complaints

A.   Personnel Grievances/Complaints

Grievances and complaints from personnel shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator or supervisor.  If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).

Personnel desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.

B.      Student/Parent Grievances/Complaints

Grievances and complaints from students/parents shall first be brought to the attention of the appropriate building administrator.  If not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the grievance or complaint may be brought to the attention of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  If the matter is still not resolved to the satisfaction of all parties, then the parties may appeal to the Board of Directors (Board).

Students/parents desiring to address the Board on any matter shall direct their communications to the Superintendent.

C.      Citizens' Grievances/Complaints

Whenever a citizen is aggrieved at the action of any employee, such citizen may give information to the employee's immediate supervisor.  In the event that the matter is not satisfactorily resolved, the appeal process will follow this order:

  1. Other supervisory or administrative personnel in the line of responsibility.
  2. The Superintendent.
  3. The Board.

The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted.  Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the more specific policies on those issues.  Complaints requiring attention  received by the board or a board member will be referred to the superintendent. 

When all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting.  If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, will be signed and will explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board.  It is within the board’s discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint.  No appeal will be heard by the Board unless reduced to writing, signed by the party bringing the same, and presented to the Board through the Superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:   
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                     
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:26

213.2 - Public Complaints

213.2 - Public Complaints

The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.

The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern.  Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved.  Prior to board action however, the following should be completed.

  1. Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
  2. Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee’s building principal.
  3. Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
  4. If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration.  To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention or the entire board.

It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy.  The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent.  If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final.  If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.

Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code § 279.8

Approved:   September 10, 2018

Date of Review:         
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:29

214 - Public Hearings

214 - Public Hearings

Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board.  Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.

At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held.  Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion.  Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible.  Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals.  In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.

The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion.  At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president.  The board president will recognize the speakers.  A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president.  Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak.  Comments by others are out of order.  Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ Ch. 21; 26.12;

Ch. 24; 279.8, .10; 297.22 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:                                          
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:30

215 - Minutes of Meetings

215 - Minutes of Meetings

Since the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness.  The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:

With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:

  1. The place, date, and time of each meeting.
  2. The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
  3. Members present and members absent, by name.
  4. The call to order and adjournment.
  5. The departure of members by name before adjournment.
  6. The late arrival of members, by name.
  7. The time and place of the next meeting.
  8. Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
  9. Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.
  10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
  11. Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
  12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
  13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
  14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
  15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
  16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
  17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
  18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
  19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
  20. Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
  21. Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.
  22. A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
  23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
  24. The election or appointment of board officers.
  25. The appointment of auditors to examine the books. 

At the annual or organizational meeting, in odd numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:

   26. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
  
27. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
  
28. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
  
29. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
  
30. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
  
31. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
  
32. A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
  
33. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.
   34.
Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 21.3, 279.35, 291.6

Date of Adoption:                                          
May 12, 1975                                                 

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:31

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services

216 - Board of Directors' Member Services dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:39

216.1 - Membership in State and National Associations

216.1 - Membership in State and National Associations

The Board of Directors shall consider membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards, the National School Boards Associations, and others as determined by the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

 

Date of Adoption:                 
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:40

216.2 - Compensation for Expenses

216.2 - Compensation for Expenses

Members of the Board of Directors shall serve without pay. They shall be reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as members of the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
May 12, 1975

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:41

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

217 - Gifts to Board of Directors

Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Board members shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be or is a part to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business
  • or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference,
  • seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political
  • subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
  • Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public board member attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of an board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa Department of General Services; or
  • A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It shall be the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 68B (1993);
Iowa Code Supp. Chapter 68B (1993);
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276; and
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319

Date of Adoption:
April 10, 1995

Date of Review:
December 14, 2020

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:42

300 - ADMINISTRATION

300 - ADMINISTRATION jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

300 - Statement of Guiding Principles

300 - Statement of Guiding Principles

The administration of the school district shall provide the leadership to implement the district's educational philosophy.  It is the responsibility of the administration to implement and enforce policies developed by the Board of Directors, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations. 

While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.

The Board of Directors and administrators function as a  management team.

 

 

Legal Reference:       
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                                     
August 9, 1993

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:55

301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

301 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.

The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position.  In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:                 
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:57

301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

301.1 - Superintendent Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board.  The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30.  The contract will state the terms of employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period or the probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.

If a superintendent's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the superintendent's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent.

If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release or resignation.

 

 

Legal Reference:          
Cook v Plainfield Community School District,

301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel,
282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District,
282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co.,
258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 279.20, .22-.25 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                 
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 14:59

301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

301.2 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent.  The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.

In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties.  It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.

The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract.  Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:03

301.3 - Superintendent Duties

301.3 - Superintendent Duties

The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board.  The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.

The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students.  The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.

In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.  Specifically, the superintendent:

  • Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
  • Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
  • Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
  • Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
  • Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
  • Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
  • Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
  • Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
  • Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
  • Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
  • Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
  • Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
  • Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
  • Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
  • Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
  • Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
  • Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
  • Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
  • Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
  • Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
  • Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
  • Approves vacation schedules for employees;
  • Conducts periodic district administration meetings;
  • Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board;
  • Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and
  • Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.

This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent.  In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.20, 272.33

Date of Adoption:                                            
June 9, 1975                                                    

Date of Review
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:05

301.4 - Superintendent Evaluation

301.4 - Superintendent Evaluation

The Board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis.  The goal of the superintendent’s formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent’s role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.

  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.

  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.  

  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principle:

  • The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent.  The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders, the school district’s goals, and the goals of the administrator's individual professional development plan;
  • At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
  • Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;
  • The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board’s evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
  • The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon the request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent’s reputation; and,
  • The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent.  Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session.

The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent’s personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.8, .20, .23, .23A (2007); 281
I.A.C. Chapter 83; 12.3(4).

Date of Adoption:               
June 19, 1989                                                             

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:09

301.5 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

301.5 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent

In the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties. 

If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the high school principal will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action.  If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent.  The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.

References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
March 14, 2005

Date of Review:                                                      
February 8, 2020

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:11

302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

302 - Administrators Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment

The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.

The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position.  In employing an administrator, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants.  The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.

In choosing an administrator, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative position, based on the requirements stated in this policy.  The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation.

The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.

 

 

Legal Reference:           
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.24, IA Admin Code 12.4(5)

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 15:12

302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

302.1 - Administrators Contract and Contract Nonrenewal

The length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract.  The contract will also state the terms of the employment.

The first two years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period.  The board may waive this period.  The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator.  In the event of termination of a probationary or nonprobationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, including notice by May 15.  The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.

If an administrator's contract is not being renewed by the board, the contract will be extended automatically for additional one-year periods beyond the end of its term until it is modified or terminated as mutually agreed to by the parties or until the administrator's contract is terminated consistent with statutory termination procedures.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position.

Administrators who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with board policies regarding the areas of resignation, release or retirement.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.21 and 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 9, 1975                                                               

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 16:59

302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other Compensation

302.2 - Administrators Salary and Other Compensation

The board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators.  It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators.  The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.

In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties.  The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract.  Approval of other benefits or items of an administrator's compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:           
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.20, 279.23, 279.23A, 279.24

Date of Adoption:                                          
June 9, 1975                                                   

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:00

302.3 - Administrators Duties

302.3 - Administrators Duties

Subject to the policies of the Board of Directors and to the directives issued by the Superintendent or other Central Administrative personnel on behalf of the Superintendent, the Principal shall have full authority for the assigned building and grounds, all pupils, teachers, operating personnel and all activities carried on therein or thereon.

The primary functions of the building principal are to provide administrative leadership and supervision of all building educational programs, communicate high expectations that all students will succeed in all program offering areas, evaluate educational programs, and services with the intent of encouraging continual improvement in the educational program, and maintain a visible presence in the district community to act as a spokesperson for public education.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Date of Adoption:
June 9, 1975

Date of Review:
February 8, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:03

302.4 - Administrators Evaluation

302.4 - Administrators Evaluation

The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence.  At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually.  The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator's role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrator competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.  This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument to assess among other things, the administrator's competence in meeting the Iowa standards for school Leaders and the goals fo the administrator's individual professional development plan.  The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders.  The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.

The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth.  The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator's personnel file.

The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:

  • Mission, Vision and Core Values:  Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Ethics and Professional Norms:  Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Equity and Cultural Responsiveness:  Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment:  Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being. 
  • Community Care and Support for Students:  Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
  • Professional Capacity of School Personnel:  Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Professional Community for Teachers and Staff:  Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.  
  • Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community:  Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • Operations and Management:  Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
  • School Improvement:  Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators and non-probationary administrators prior to May 15.

This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrator's skills, abilities and competence.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.

Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:04

303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside Employment

303 - Administrative Consulting – Outside Employment

The superintendent and administrators are considered full-time employees.  The board expects responsibilities of these positions be given precedence over other employment.  The administration may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the assigned duties with the district.

The board reserves the right, however, to request that any administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment.  The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Chapters 279.24, 279.25

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 9, 1975                                                               

Date of Review:
February 21, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:06

304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

304 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations

Administrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.

In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations.  Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.

The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions.  The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016                                                             

Date of Review:                                                      
February 8, 2021 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:08

304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

304.1 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations

The administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.

The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:                                                      
February 8, 2021                                                              

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:09

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

305 - Administrator Code of Ethics

Administrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district.  Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district.  Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.

Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.  Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.

The professional school administrator:

  • Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
  • Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
  • Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
  • Implements local, state and national laws.
  • Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
  • Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
  • Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
  • Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
  • Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
  • Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
  • Accepts responsibility and accountability for one's own actions and behaviors.
  • Commits to serving others above self.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

282 I.A.C. 13.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:                                                      
February 8, 2021                                                             

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:10

306 - Communication Channels

306 - Communication Channels

Questions and problems are resolved at the lowest organizational level nearest to the complaint.  School employees are responsible for conferring with their immediate supervisor on questions and concerns.  Students and other members of the school district community will confer with a licensed employee and then with the principal on questions and concerns.

If resolution is not possible by any of the above, individuals may bring it to the attention of the superintendent within ten school days of their discussion with the principal.  If there is no resolution or plan for resolution by the superintendent within ten school days of the individual's discussion with the superintendent, the individual may ask to have the question or problem placed on the board agenda.  It is within the board's discretion whether to hear the concern.

It will first be the responsibility of the administrators to resolve questions and problems raised by the employees and the students they supervise and by other members of the school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 13, 2016

Date of Review:                                                      
February 8, 2021                                                             

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:12

400 - EMPLOYEES

400 - EMPLOYEES jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - Employees

400 - Statement of Guiding Principles - Employees

ROLE OF AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES FOR EMPLOYEES

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs.  Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community.  They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches.  Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students' individual needs.  While the teachers have the most direct impact on the formal instruction of students, all employees have an impact on the school environment by their dedication to their work and their actions.  As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.

In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board's goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees.  The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district's standards of acceptable performance.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action.  The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.  To the extent a group of employees has a recognized collective bargaining unit, the provisions of the master contract regarding such topics shall prevail. 

Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator.  Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator's certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration.  Classified employees' policies included in this series will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
(Code of Iowa)  

Sections 20.16; 279.12

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed:
 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 17:59

401 - Employees and Internal Relations

401 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:02

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

401.1 - Equal Employment Opportunity

Policy 401.01: Equal Employment Opportunity

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 10/11/2022 | Last Revised Date: | Last Reviewed Date: 12/11/2023

 

 

The Algona Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies.  Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination.  The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.  Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies.  Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.

The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator.  The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan.  The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.

Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply.  In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.

Prior to a final offer of employment the school district will perform the background checks required by law.  Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended.  If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check is waived. The district will perform repeat background checks on applicable employees as required by law. 

Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement:  "The Algona Community School District is an EEO/AA employer."  The statement will also appear on application forms.

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, Algona , Iowa 50511 ; or by telephoning 515-295-3528. 

Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the law.  The district must perform an initial background check on all employees 18 years of age and older. For some licensed employees, background checks must be performed every five years. 

 

Legal Reference:

29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634.
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8.
281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 19B

Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action

Iowa Code  § 20

Collective Bargaining

Iowa Code  § 216

Civil Rights Commission

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 35C

Veterans Preference

Iowa Code § 73

Preferences

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.4

School Personnel

281 I.A.C. 95

EEO/AA

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

29 U.S.C. §§ 621

Labor - Age Discrimination

42 U.S.C. § 12101

Public Health - Equal Opportunity - Disabilities

42 U.S.C. § 2000e

Public Health - EEO Civil Rights - Definitions

Cross References

Code

Description

102

Equal Educational Opportunity

102-R(1)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Grievance Procedure

102-EH(1)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination

102-EH(2)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination

102-EH(3)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights

102-E(4)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Discrimination Complaint Form

102-E(5)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Witness Disclosure Form

102-E(6)

Equal Educational Opportunity - Disposition of Complaint Form

104

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104-R(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures

104-E(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form

104-E(2)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form

104-E(3)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form

405.02

Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.02

Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:02

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

401.2 - Employee Conflict of Interest

Employees' use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.

Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain.  No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent.  If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent.  Further, the superintendent may, upon five days notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.

Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supply companies doing business with the school district.  Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents.  Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee's position in the school district.

It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee's official duties and responsibilities.  In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:

  1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district's time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district's badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee's immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public.  For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee's immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee's regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.
  1. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee's duties.

If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity.  If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:

  • Cease the outside employment or activity; or,
  • Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity.  Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.

When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract.  Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.

It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
7 C.F.R. 3016.36(3)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 68B; 279.8; 301.28 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:04

401.3 - Nepotism

401.3 - Nepotism

More than one family member may be an employee of the school district.  It is the preference of the Board that one family member not directly supervise another family member, however, the Board understands that in some situations this may be necessary.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assign supervisory responsibilities.

The employment of more than one individual in a family is on the basis of their qualifications, credentials and records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 71; 277.27; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:06

401.4 - Employee Complaints

401.4 - Employee Complaints

Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.  If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner.  Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.

A formal grievance procedure is contained in the master contract between the employee's bargaining units and the board.  This policy will not apply to a complaint that has been or could be filed at the employee's discretion under that formal grievance procedure.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:07

401.5 - Employee Records

401.5 - Employee Records

The school district will maintain personnel records on employees.  The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.

The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy.  Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility.  Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.

Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee.  The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made.  Employees, however, will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.

The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code chs. 20; 21; 22; 91B (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:09

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

401.5R1 - Employee Records Regulation

Employee Personnel Records Content

  1. Employee personnel records may contain the following information:
     
    • Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse.
    • Individual employment contract.
    • Evaluations.
    • Application, resume and references.
    • Salary information.
    • Copy of the employee's license or certificate, if needed for the position.
    • Educational transcripts.
    • Assignment.
    • Records of disciplinary matters.
  2. Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee's personnel records.  Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:
    • Medical professional signed physical form.
    • Sick or long-term disability leave days.
    • Worker's compensation claims.
    • Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee's disability.
    • Employee's medical history.
    • Employee emergency names and numbers.
    • Family and medical leave request forms.
  3. The following are considered public personnel records available for inspection:
    • The name and compensation of the individual, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment, except for that information that is otherwise protected. “Compensation” includes the value of benefits conferred including, but not limited to: casualty, disability, life or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation, holiday and sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits and deferred compensation;
    • The dates the individual was employed by the government body;
    • The positions the individual holds or has held with the government body;
    • The educational institutions attended by the individual, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the individual’s previous employers, positions previously held and dates of previous employment;
    • The fact that the individual resigned in lieu of termination, was discharged, or was demoted as a result of a disciplinary action, and the documented reasons and rationale for the resignation in lieu of termination, the discharge, or the demotion.  “Demoted” or “demotion” mean a change of an employee from a position in a given classification to a position in a classification having a lower pay grade; and 
    • Personal information in confidential personnel records of government bodies relating to student employees shall only be released pursuant to the Family Educational Privacy Rights Act (FERPA.)

Applicant File Records Content

Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office.  The records will include, but not be limited to:

  • Application for employment.
  • Resume.
  • References.
  • Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied.
  • Affirmative action form, if submitted.

Record Access

Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee's records without the written consent of the employee.  Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary.  In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee's health or medical file without the consent of the employee.  Board members will generally only have access to an employee's personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code § 20 Collective Bargaining
Iowa Code § 21 Open Meetings
Iowa Code § 22 Open Records
Iowa Code § 91B Personnel Information

Cross References

Code Description
401.06 Limitations to Employment References
402.01 Release of Credit Information
403.03 Communicable Diseases - Employees
403.03-R(1) Communicable Diseases - Employees - Regulation
403.03-E(1) Communicable Diseases - Employees - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record
708 Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
901 Public Examination of School District Records
dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:10

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

401.7 - Employee Travel Compensation

Employees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses.  Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.

 

Travel Outside the School District

Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved.  Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business.  Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, is approved by the superintendent.  Travel outside the district by the superintendent will be approved by the board president.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses may be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel.  Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.

Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.

Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses.  Pre-approved expenses for registration are limited to the actual cost of the registration.

Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile.  If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the federal mileage rate per mile.  If a school district vehicle is available, the employee will be reimbursed at the federal rate to those employees submitting a log of their mileage. 

 

Travel Within the School District

Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the federal rate.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees.  It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board's audit and approval process.  

Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee's W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

Use of District-Owned Vehicles

Certain district employment positions may require regular and extensive travel.  Due to the required duties of these positions, the district may provide certain positions with use of district-owned vehicles.  Employees who utilize district-owned vehicles during the course of their job duties are fulfilling the public purpose of meeting the needs of the educational community in an efficient, and time-sensitive manner.  District-owned vehicles are purchased and maintained with public money and must be used strictly in accordance with fulfilling a public purpose.  These vehicles represent the district in carrying out its educational mission.  Therefore, district-owned vehicles will be clearly marked at all times to identify the district.  

The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment and proper use of school district vehicles.  The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.

 

MEAL REIMBURSEMENT

Approved expenses for meals may be reimbursed at $50 per day with not one meal exceeding $25. Although the policy does not set a tip rate, 18% has been recognized as best practice. All meals require an itemized receipt and charge slip submitted with a Payment Request or Purchase Order submitted to the immediate supervisor for approval. If itemized receipts are not submitted, the expense will become a personal expense to the employee.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Constitution, Art. III, § 31.

Iowa Code §§ 70A.9-.11 (2013).

1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 512.

 

Date of Adoption: August 11, 1975

Date of Review: September 11, 2023

 

  

jen@iowaschool… Mon, 12/07/2020 - 09:44

Policy 401.10 - Credit Cards

Policy 401.10 - Credit Cards

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the Board of Directors (Board) and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the Board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt shall make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses shall be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district’s credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or Board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It shall be the responsibility of the Board of Directors (Board) to determine through the audit and approval process of the Board whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.

 

 

Legal References: 
(Code of Iowa)
Chapter 279.8, 279.29, 279.30 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
March 14, 1994                                                          

Date of Review:
September 19, 2011
May 14, 2018

July 10, 2023 (CHANGE OF # FROM 803.3 to 401.10)

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 09:52

401.12 - District Landling and Cellular Phone Useage

401.12 - District Landling and Cellular Phone Useage

The District provides telephones to employees because communication is essential for the  performance of their duties, especially in times of emergency or when addressing safety issues.  In addition, the district provides a voice mail system which permits employees to receive and retrieve messages from locations outside of their offices.

The landline telephones provided by the district to employees are to be used primarily for school business.  Employees may use land line telephones for personal business, provided such personal use is limited in frequency and duration and does not interfere with the performance of an employee’s job.  Landline telephones are provided at district expense.  Employees are not charged for local calls but are charged for all personal long distance toll calls.

The use of cell phones and other communication devices may be appropriate to provide for the effective and efficient operation of the school district and to help ensure safety and security of people and property while on school district property or engaged in school‑sponsored activities.

 The Board authorizes the purchase and employee use of cell phones as deemed appropriate by the superintendent.  School district‑owned cell phones shall be used for authorized school district business purposes, consistent with the school district’s mission and goals.

Use of cell phones in violation of board policies, administrative regulations, and/or state/federal laws will result in discipline, up to and including dismissal, and referral to law enforcement officials, as appropriate.

Employees may possess and use cell phones during the school day as outlined in this policy and as provided in the administrative regulation developed by the superintendent.  Employees should not use cell phones for personal business while on-duty, including staff development times, parent-teacher conferences, etc., except in the case of an emergency or during prep time or break/lunch times.  Employees, except for bus drivers, see below, are prohibited from using cell phones while driving except in the case of an emergency and any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations.  

Cell phones are not to be used for conversations involving confidential student or employee information.  [School district-provided cell phones devices are not to be loaned to others.]

School bus drivers are prohibited from using any communication device while operating the bus except in the case of an emergency, or to call for assistance, after the vehicle has been stopped.  Any such use must comply with applicable state and federal law and district policies and regulations.

The Superintendent or his/her designee is authorized to review the use of the district cellular account and to revoke the privilege of using the district cellular account if it is determined that the cellular telephone is being used primarily for personal business or is being used in any other manner which is contrary to district policy.

 

 

Adopted:
February 8, 2010

Date of Review:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:13

401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking-NEW # IS 713

401.13 - Staff Technology Use – Social Networking-NEW # IS 713

Changed to Policy 713 

2/12/2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:15

401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use -NEW # IS 713R1

401.13R1 - Staff Technology Use -NEW # IS 713R1

Moved to Policy Regulation 713R1

Approved: 2/12/2024

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:17

401.14 - Employee Expression

401.14 - Employee Expression

The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs.  When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated.  The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern.  Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.  Employee will comply with Iowa law to the extent that compliance does not infringe on employees' free speech rights.

Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district.  Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy.

If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.

 

Note:  This is a mandatory policy required by Iowa Code ch. 279.73.

 

Legal Reference: U.S. Const. Amend. I

Iowa Code §§ 279.73; 280.22

 

Cross Reference: 502.3 Student Expression

504.3 Student Publications

 

Date of Review:

November 14, 2022
 

jcarter@algona… Wed, 08/18/2021 - 15:14

402 - Employees and Outside Relations

402 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:41

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

402.05 - Required Professional Development for Employees

Appropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students.  The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees.  

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program. 
 

NOTE:  This requirement exists regardless of the employee’s status as a licensed or classified employee. With the change in law stating that all school employees are now mandatory reporters, this policy language will apply to all employees for at least some training.  

 

Legal Reference:  §

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: August 14, 2023

Revised: August 14, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:49

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

402.2 - Child Abuse Reporting

In compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities.  All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.

 When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, the mandatory reporter shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report.  If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified. 

Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse, or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years.  Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years.  Employees who have taken the two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow-up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67-.77; 232A; 235A; 280.17 (2013).

441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 390, 417.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Date of Review:
August 8, 2022

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:41

402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees

402.3 - Abuse of Students By School District Employees

Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated.  The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district.  Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.

The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation.  The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible.  Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.

The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator.  The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator.  The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district.  The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.

The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A;

272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1) (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103.
441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:43

402.4 - Gifts to Employees

402.4 - Gifts to Employees

Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.  Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.

A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:

  • Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
  • Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
  • Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.

A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received.  However, "gift" does not include any of the following:

  • Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
  • Information material relevant to an employee's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
  • Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
  • An inheritance;
  • Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
  • Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
  • Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
  • Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
  • Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
  • Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;  
  • Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee
  • Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
  • Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
  • Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
  • Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions.  The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph.  Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.

An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article.  An honorarium does not include any of the following:

  • Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
  • A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
  • A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.

It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium.

 

 

Legal References:      
Iowa Code ch. 68B (2013).

1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 276.
1970 Op. Att'y Gen. 319.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:45

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

402.6 - Employee Outside Employment

The board believes the primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description.  The board considers an employee's duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment.  The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee's immediate supervisor, the employee's outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee's duties required in the employee's position within the school district.

The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:52

403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being

403 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:55

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

403.1 - Employee Physical Examinations

Good health is important to job performance.  Employees will present evidence of good health, in the form of a physical examination report, prior to their employment with the school district. 

School bus drivers will present evidence of good health every other year in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.  Employees whose physical or mental health, in the judgment of the administration, may be in doubt will submit to additional examinations, when requested to do so, at the expense of the school district.

The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the employee.  The form indicating the employee is able to perform the duties for which the employee was hired must be returned prior to payment of salary.  The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the school district up to a maximum of $85.  The school district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by the personal physician of the employee.  Employees identified as having reasonably anticipated contact with blood or infectious materials will receive the Hepatitis B vaccine or sign a written waiver stating that they will not take the vaccine.

A plan should be developed to minimize district occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens.  The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, Hepatitis B vaccination and postexposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.

The requirements stated in the master contract between employees in that certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding physical examinations of such employees are followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910.1030 (2012).

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8, 321.376 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 43.15 -.20.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:56

403.2 - Employee Injury On The Job

403.2 - Employee Injury On The Job

When an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.

If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid.  An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee's family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.  The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.

It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four hours of the occurrence.  It is the responsibility of the employee's immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four hours after the employee reported the injury.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 85; 279.40; 613.17 (2013).

1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 18:58

403.3 - Communicable Diseases – Employees

403.3 - Communicable Diseases – Employees

Employees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties.  Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.

Administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).

29 U.S.C. §§ 794, 1910 (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code chs. 139(a); 141(a) (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.7.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:00

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

403.3E1 - Hepatitis B Vaccine Information and Record

The Disease
Hepatitis B is a viral infection caused by the Hepatitis B virus (HBV) which causes death in 1-2% of those infected.  Most people with HBV recover completely, but approximately 5-10% become chronic carriers of the virus.  Most of these people have no symptoms, but can continue to transmit the disease to others.  Some may develop chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis.  HBV may be a causative factor in the development of liver cancer.  Immunization against HBV can prevent acute hepatitis and its complications.

The Vaccine
The HBV vaccine is produced from yeast cells.  It has been extensively tested for safety and effectiveness in large scale clinical trials.

Approximately 90 percent of healthy people who receive two doses of the vaccine and a third dose as a booster achieve high levels of surface antibody (anti-HBs) and protection against the virus.  The HBV vaccine is recommended for workers with potential for contact with blood or body fluids.  Full immunization requires three doses of the vaccine over a six-month period, although some persons may not develop immunity even after three doses.

There is no evidence that the vaccine has ever caused Hepatitis B.  However, persons who have been infected with HBV prior to receiving the vaccine may go on to develop clinical hepatitis in spite of immunization.

Dosage and Administration
The vaccine is given in three intramuscular doses in the deltoid muscle.  Two initial doses are given one month apart and the third dose is given six months after the first.

Possible Vaccine Side Effects
The incidence of side effects is very low.  No serious side effects have been reported with the vaccine.  Ten to 20 percent of persons experience tenderness and redness at the site of injection and low grade fever.  Rash, nausea, joint pain, and mild fatigue have also been reported.  The possibility exists that other side effects may be identified with more extensive use.

 

See form attached

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:02

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

403.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation

Universal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students.  It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual.  UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood.  These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material.  However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.  The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations.  Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact.  Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control.  All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan.  Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.

Hand Washing
Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection.  Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed.  Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key.  Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.

  • Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
  • Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
  • If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
  • Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.

Barriers
Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices.  Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual.  Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW.  Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.

Disposal of Waste
Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure.  When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required.  A band aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste.  It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident.  Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste.  Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.

Clean up
Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately.  The employee should:

  • Wear gloves.
  • Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
  • Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
  • Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
  • Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.

Laundry
Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation.  It should be bagged at the location.  If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed.  Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.

Exposure
An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.

  • Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
  • If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
  • If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.

The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:13

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

403.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure

The board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.

Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace.  When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee's orientation.  When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees.  The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.

Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program. 

Administrative regulations regarding this program should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 C.F.R. Pt. 1910; 1200 et seq.
(2012).

Iowa Code chs. 88; 89B (2013).
347 I.A.C. 120.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:15

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

403.5 - Substance-Free Workplace

The board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free.  No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbituate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law.  "Workplace" includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

If an employee is convicted of a violation of any criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee will notify the employee's supervisor of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee.  An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. \

The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee.  In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.

Administrative regulations to implement this policy should be developed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8 (2013)

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:17

403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

403.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.

"Workplace" is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as an employee.  This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles.  Workplace also includes nonschool property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.

The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy. 

EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug statute for a violation committed in the workplace, no later than five days after the conviction.

 

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM

 

I,                                                              , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.

 

_____________________________________________________________         ___________________________________________
Signature of Employee                                                                                               Date

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:20

403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

403.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation

A superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:

  1. Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy.  After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.
  1. Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination.
  1. Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:22

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

403.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term "employees" includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.

The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing.  Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol.  Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.  Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, Transportation Director at the Algona Central Administration Office, 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511.

Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline, up to and, including termination. 

Administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law shall be developed.  The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.

Publication and dissemination will be made of this policy and supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles.  The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.

IASB Drug and Alcohol Testing Program (IDATP) Web site:  http://www.ia-sb.org/MemberBenefits.aspx?id=304

 

 

Legal Reference:        
American Trucking Association, Inc., v. Federal Highway Administration,

51 Fed. 3rd 405 Cir. (4th 1995).
49 U.S.C. §§ 5331 et seq. (2012).
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 (2012).
41 U.S.C. §§ 81 (2012).
49 C.F.R. Pt. 40; 382; 391 (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 85 (2012).
Local 301, Internat'l Assoc. of Fire Fighters, AFL-CIO, and City of Burlington,
PERB  No. 3876 (3-26-91).
Iowa Code §§ 124; 279.8; 321.375(2); 730.5 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:23

403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

403.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district's drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.

Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver's license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand, one pounds or more.  For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, "employees" also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.  The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements.  Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district contact person.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.  It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using.  Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents or the law.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:25

403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

403.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgement Form

I, ________________________________, have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy of the Algona Community School District and its supporting documents. 

I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use. 

In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.

Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function.  I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.

I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.

__________________________________________________               ________________________
(Signature of Employee)                                                                            (Date)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:27

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

404 - Employee Conduct and Appearance

Employees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours.  The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity.  To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.

Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner.  Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position.  Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste.  Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes, which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.

Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.

All district employees are required to maintain confidentiality as it relates to student information.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

282 I.A.C. 13.25, .26.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed:

September 11, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:28

404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

404R1 - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation

CHAPTER 25

282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.

282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:

“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.

“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.

“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.

“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules.

“Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on  an  application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.

“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.

“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.

“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.

“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.

“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board.

Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade

12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.

[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]

282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:

25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

    a.  Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).

    b.  Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or
         administrative performance.

(1) Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:

  1. Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
  2. Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:

●     First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;

●    Lascivious acts with a child;

●    Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;

●    Indecent contact with a child;

●    Sexual exploitation by a counselor;

●    Lascivious conduct with a minor;

●    Sexual exploitation by a school employee;

●    Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or

●    Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;

  1. Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
  2. Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
  3. Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
  4. Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in  a  federal,  military,  or  foreign court,  that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or
  5. Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:
  1.     The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
  2.     The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  3.     The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
  4.     The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
  5.     The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
  6.      Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.

     c.  Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or nonconsensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioners inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.

    d.  Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).

    e.  Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:

  1.    Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
  2.    Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
  3.    Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
  4.    Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
  5.    Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;
  6.    Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law; or
  7.    Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.

25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.
  2. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.

25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.

b.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.

c.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.

d.  Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.

e.  Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.

25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.

b.  Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.

c.  Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.

d.  Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.

e.  Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.

25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.

A.  Violation of this standard includes:

  1. Signing a written professional employment contract while under contract with another school, school district, or area education agency.
  2. Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract. An administrator shall make a good faith effort to determine whether the practitioner has been released from the current contract.
  3. Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
  4. As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
  5. As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract, which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.

B.  In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioners control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:

  1.   The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
  1. The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:
  • The practitioners last work day of the school year;
  • The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or
  • June 30.

25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:

a.  Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
b. 
Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
c. 
Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
d. 
Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or
     disparagement.
e. 
Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed,
     color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
f. 
Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioners personal advantage.
g. 
Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
h. 
Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records,
     health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income.  Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies
     relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required or permitted by law.
i.  
Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
j.  
Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
k. 
Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires
     revocation of the practitioners license.
l.  
Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
m.
Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
n. 
Allowing another person to use ones practitioner license for any purpose.

 

25.3(7) Standard VII—compliance with state law governing obligations to state or local governments, child support obligations, and board orders. Violation of this standard includes:

a.    Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.
b.    Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.
c.    Failing to comply with a board order.

25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence. Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:

a.    Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.
b.    Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:30

404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

404R2 - Code of Rights and Responsibilities Regulation

Chapter 26
 

282—26.1 (272)  Purpose. The code of professional conduct and ethics in 282—Chapter 25 defines unprofessional and unethical conduct justifying disciplinary sanction. The board acknowledges that the discharge of professional obligations should occur in recognition of certain fundamental rights and responsibilities. Accordingly, the board recognizes the following rights and responsibilities of all educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 and agrees that the exercise of these rights and responsibilities may present mitigating facts and circumstances in the board’s evaluation of allegations of unprofessional or unethical conduct.

282—26.2 (272) Rights. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following rights:

  1. The educator has a right to be licensed and endorsed under professional standards established and enforced by the board.
  2. The educator has a right to refuse assignments for which the educator is not legally authorized, in terms of holding a valid Iowa license with the appropriate endorsement(s) or approval(s).
  3. The educator has a right, subject to board and administrator authority, to exercise professional judgment in the evaluation, selection, and use of teaching methods and instructional materials appropriate to the needs, abilities, and background of each student.

282—26.3 (272) Responsibilities. Educators licensed under Iowa Code chapter 272 have the following responsibilities:

  1. The educator has a responsibility to maintain and improve the educator’s professional competence.
  2. The educator has a responsibility to accept only those assignments for which the educator is legally authorized.
  3. The educator has a responsibility to provide conditions that are conducive to teaching and student learning.
  4. The educator shall protect students from conditions harmful to learning or to health or safety.
  5. The educator shall not, without just cause, restrain a student from independent action in the pursuit of learning and shall not, without just cause, deny a student access to varying points of view.
  6. The educator shall not use professional relationships with students for personal advantage.
  7. The educator shall not discriminate against any student on the grounds of race, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
  8. The educator shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession.
  9. The educator shall keep in confidence personally identifiable information regarding a student or the student’s family members that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure is required by law or is necessary for the personal safety of the student or others.
  10. The educator who has reasonable basis to believe that a student has been abused, as defined by law, shall make all reports required by law and the Iowa Administrative Code and which are necessary to ensure the safety and well-being of the student.
  11. In the administration of discipline, the educator shall treat all students with respect and in compliance with all policies of the school district served by the educator.
  12. The educator shall provide accurate, truthful, and complete information to the board and to the local education system concerning all licensure transactions.
  13. The educator shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry, when requested by the board.
  14. The educator shall not require or direct another educator to violate any provisions of the code of professional conduct and ethics or any rights of a student, parent, educator or citizen.
  15. The educator shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:44

405 - Licensed Employees – General

405 - Licensed Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:47

405.1 - Licensed Employees Defined

405.1 - Licensed Employees Defined

Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses.  Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for licensed employees' positions, other than the position of the superintendent.  Job descriptions may be approved by the board.

Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Clay v. Independent School District of Cedar Falls,

187 Iowa 89, 174 N.W. 47 (1919).
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(3); 272; 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4
282 I.A.C. 14.
1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: September 11, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:51

405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, Selection

405.2 - Licensed Employees Recruitment, Qualifications, Selection

Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.

All job openings not filled through internal transfers or program modifications shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on www.iowaworks.gov, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The superintendent, however, will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding qualifications, recruitment and selections of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 279.13 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.
282 I.A.C. 14.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 367.

Approved:

Reviewed:UNDER REVIEW

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:52

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

405.3 - Licensed Employee Individual Contracts

The board will enter into a written contract with licensed employees, other than administrators, employed on a regular basis.  Each contract will be for a period of one year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to complete the contracts for licensed employees and present them to the board for approval.  The contracts, after being signed by the board president, are returned to the superintendent.  The superintendent will obtain the employee's signature.  After being signed, the contract is filed with the board secretary.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Harris v. Manning Independent School District of Manning, 245 Iowa 1295, 66 N.W.2d 438 (1954).

Shackelford v. District Township of Beaver, Polk County, 203 Iowa 243, 212 N.W. 467 (1927).
Burkhead v. Independent School District of Independence, 107 Iowa 29, 77 N.W. 491 (1898).
Iowa Code chs. 20; 279 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: September 11, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:54

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

405.5 - Licensed Employee Work Day

The work day for licensed employees will begin each day of the school year at a time established by the superintendent.  Licensed employees who are employed only during the academic year will have the same work day as other licensed employees.  "Day" is defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of an employee.

Licensed employees are to be in their assigned school building during the work day.  Advance approval to be absent from the school building must be obtained from the principal whenever the licensed employees must leave the school building during the work day.

The building principal is authorized to make changes in the work day in order to facilitate the education program.  These changes are reported to the superintendent.

The work day outlined in this policy is a minimum work day.  Nothing in this policy prohibits licensed employees from working additional hours outside the work day.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding work day of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: September 11, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:57

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

405.6 - Licensed Employee Assignment

Determining the assignment of each licensed employee is the responsibility of and within the sole discretion of the board.  In making such assignments the board will consider the qualifications of each licensed employee and the needs of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding the assignment of licensed employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: September 11, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 19:58

405.8-Licensed Employee Evaluation

405.8-Licensed Employee Evaluation

Policy 405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation

Status: Adopted 11/13/2023

Original Adopted Date: 11/13/2023 | Last Reviewed Date: 

 

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.  

Licensed employees will be required to:

  • Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
  • Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
  • Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
  • Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
  • Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
  • Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
  • Engage in professional growth.
  • Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
 

NOTE:  There is no legal requirement that probationary employees be evaluated twice a year, but it is the standard practice.  School districts that utilize a different practice need to amend the fourth paragraph to reflect this. 

 

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279, 284, 294.
Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
281 I.A.C. 83; 12.3

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 20.9

Collective Bargaining - Scope of Negotiations

Iowa Code  § 279

Directors - Powers and Duties

Iowa Code  § 284

Teacher Performance, Compensation Development

Iowa Code  § 294

Teachers

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

281 I.A.C. 83

Teacher/Administrator Quality Programs

Case Law

Description

Aplington CSD v. PERB

392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986)

Saydel Ed. Assoc. v. PERB

333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983)

Cross References

Code

Description

405.02

Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.09

Licensed Employee Probationary Status

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 10/10/2023 - 09:47

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

405.9 - Licensed Employee Probationary Status

The first three years of a new licensed employee's contract is a probationary period unless the employee has already successfully completed the probationary period in an Iowa school district.  New employees who have successfully completed a probationary period in a previous Iowa school district will serve a one year probationary period.  For purposes of this policy, an employee will have met the requirements for successfully completing a probationary period in another Iowa school district if, at the teacher’s most recent performance evaluation, the teacher received at least a satisfactory or better evaluation and the individual has not engaged in conduct which would disqualify the teacher for a continuing contract.  

Only the board, in its discretion, may waive the probationary period.  The board may extend the probationary period for one additional year with the consent of the licensed employee.  The board will make the decision to extend or waive a licensed employee's probationary status based upon the superintendent's recommendation.  During this probationary period the board may terminate the licensed employee's contract at year-end or discharge the employee in concert with corresponding board policies.

Licensed employees may also serve a probationary period based upon their performance.  Such probationary period is determined on a case-by-case basis in light of the circumstances surrounding the employee's performance as documented in the employee's evaluations and personnel file.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.12-.19B (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: September 11, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:00

Policy 405.08 Licensed Employee Evaluation

Policy 405.08 Licensed Employee Evaluation

Policy 405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation

Status: FIRST READING

Original Adopted Date: 11/13/2023 | Last Reviewed Date:

 

 

Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators.  The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board.  The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth.  The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file.  This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.  

Licensed employees will be required to:

  • Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
  • Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
  • Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
  • Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
  • Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
  • Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
  • Engage in professional growth.
  • Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated.  New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
 

NOTE:  There is no legal requirement that probationary employees be evaluated twice a year, but it is the standard practice.  School districts that utilize a different practice need to amend the fourth paragraph to reflect this. 

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279, 284, 294.
Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
281 I.A.C. 83; 12.3

 

 

 

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 20.9

Collective Bargaining - Scope of Negotiations

Iowa Code  § 279

Directors - Powers and Duties

Iowa Code  § 284

Teacher Performance, Compensation Development

Iowa Code  § 294

Teachers

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

281 I.A.C. 83

Teacher/Administrator Quality Programs

Case Law

Description

Aplington CSD v. PERB

392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986)

Saydel Ed. Assoc. v. PERB

333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983)

Cross References

Code

Description

405.02

Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

405.09

Licensed Employee Probationary Status

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 09/19/2023 - 10:38

407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment

407 - Licensed Employee – Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:01

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

407.1 - Licensed Employee Resignation

A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract.  This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee's regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty.  Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.

The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.13, .19A (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

REVIEWED: October 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:02

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

407.2 - Licensed Employee Contract Release

Licensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent.  Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board.  Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract.  The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.

Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement.  Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising or other reasonable administrative costs incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement.  Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, and to the extent allowed by law, the costs may be deducted from the employee's salary.  Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board.  Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.

The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.  
 

NOTE:  School districts may charge employees for costs incurred in finding a replacement.  Employees can only be charged costs, not "penalties."  The costs cannot be withheld from money owed the employee unless the employee agrees.  If costs are not withheld from moneys owed to the employee, the school district must bill the employee.  If the employee fails to pay, the school district's only option for reimbursement is to file a claim in small claims court.  The school district also has the option of filing a complaint with the Board of Educational Examiners stating the employee has engaged in unprofessional conduct.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 91A(1); 216; 272; 279.13, .19A, .46.

 

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code § 216 Civil RIghts Commission
Iowa Code § 272 BoEE
Iowa Code § 279.13 Directors - Powers and Duties - Contracts with Teachers
Iowa Code § 279.19A Directors - Powers and Duties - Extracurricular Contracts
Iowa Code § 279.46 Directors - Powers and Duties-Retirement Incentives
Iowa Code § 91A.1 Wage Payment Collection - Short Title

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed:

October 9, 2023

Revised:

July 10, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:04

407.3 - Early Retirement Policy

407.3 - Early Retirement Policy

Licensed employees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement.  No licensed employee will be required to retire at a specific age.

Application for retirement will be considered made when the licensed employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board, the intent of the employee to retire.  The letter must state the employee's desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent.  Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee's contract to the board may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.

Board action to approve a licensed employee's application for retirement is final and such action constitutes nonrenewal of the employee's contract for the next school year.

Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.

Licensed employees and their spouse and dependents are allowed to continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at their own expense by meeting the requirements of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46 (2013).

581 I.A.C. 21.
1978 Op. Att'y Gen. 247.
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 11, 322.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

REVIEWED: October 9, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:05

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

407.4 - Licensed Employee Suspension

Licensed employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a licensed employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, and for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a licensed employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).

McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979); 402.N.W. 2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987)
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24; 279.13, .15-.19, .27 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

REVIEWED: October 9, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:08

408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth

408 - Licensed Employee – Professional Growth dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:09

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

408.1 - Licensed Employee Professional Development

The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills.  The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees. Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws.  

For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.

Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district,   are made to the superintendent.  Approval   by the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.

The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event.  When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent.  Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy. 

 

NOTE: Boards should adapt IASB sample policies to meet the needs of the local district. Please ensure that the language contained in local policy is consistent with language contained in other district documents (e.g., handbooks, master contracts, etc.).  

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8; .74
281 I.A.C. 12.7; 83.6

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

August 14, 2023

 

jcarter@algona… Wed, 11/16/2022 - 13:07

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Material

408.2 - Licensed Employee Publication or Creation of Material

Materials created by licensed employees and the financial gain there from are the property of the school district if school materials and time were used in their creation and/or such materials were created in the scope of the licensed employee's employment.  The licensed employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
17 U.S.C. § 101 et al.

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2012).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: November 13, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:11

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

408.3 - Licensed Employee Tutoring

Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor.  Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.

Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.

Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed: November 13, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:13

409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence

409 - Licensed Employee – Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:15

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

409.7 - Licensed Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes licensed employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a licensed employee is called on to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,

299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

Reviewed:

January 8, 2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:15

410 - Other Licensed Employees

410 - Other Licensed Employees dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:18

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

410.1 - Substitute Teachers

Personnel serving on a substitute or temporary basis shall be licensed for the positions they are to fill.  Reasonable effort shall be made to fill temporary positions with substitutes who have preparation equivalent to that of the regular contract employee.  In the event such persons are not available, the employment of personnel who are properly licensed is authorized on a purely substitute or temporary basis.

Properly licensed substitutes shall be paid a daily rate for their teaching services with the rate to be set by the Board of Directors (Board).  Substitutes hired for a long term substitute position (defined as 10 or more days for the same employee) will be paid their per diem from the start until the conclusion of that assignment.  The per diem rate will be calculated by dividing the salary value by the total number of contract days for a new teacher in the Annual School Calendar as adopted by the Board.

Substitute teachers will be advised of the current daily rate of pay as well as their per diem pay rate at the beginning of each school year, or upon official approval of an application for substitute teaching.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Association of School Boards v. PERB,

400 N.W.2d 571 (Iowa 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4(5), .9; Ch.272 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4.

Approved:

Reviewed:
October 11, 2021                                          

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:19

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

410.2 - Summer School Licensed Employees

The Algona Community School District shall offer summer school options in accordance with law and may, in its discretion offer additional programming during the summer recess.  Licensed employees who volunteer or who are appointed to deliver the summer education program are compensated in addition to their regular duties during the school academic year, unless such arrangements are made prior to determining the employee's compensation for the year.

Licensed employees will be given the opportunity to volunteer for the positions available.  If the board determines a course must be offered and no licensed employee volunteers for the position, the board will make the necessary arrangements to fill the position.  The board will consider applications from volunteers of current licensed employees in conjunction with other applications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for and the delivery of the summer education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; .68; 280.14 (2015).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:21

411 - Classified Employees – General

411 - Classified Employees – General dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:23

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

411.1 - Classified Employee Defined

Classified employees are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require an Iowa Department of Education teaching license and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis.  Classified employees will include, but not be limited to, educational associates, custodial and maintenance employees, clerical employees, food service employees, bus drivers, and temporary help for summer or other maintenance.  The position may be full-time or part-time.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for classified employee positions.

Classified employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.

Teacher associates have a bargaining unit contract with the district. The provisions in the bargaining unit control the provisions with the teacher associates in any place that these policies reference an area within the bargaining unit contract.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:23

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

411.2 - Classified Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection

Persons interested in a classified employee position will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for classified employee positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment.  Job applicants for classified employee positions will be considered on the basis of the following:

  • Training, experience, and skill;
  • Nature of the occupation;
  • Demonstrated competence; and
  • Possession of, or ability to obtain, state or other license or certificate, if required, for the position.

All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on www.iowaschoolspring.com, the online state job posting system.  Additional announcement of the position may be through means the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who directly supervises and oversees the position.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to develop procedures for the hiring of classified personnel.  The Superintendent may delegate the recruitment and selection of classified personnel for recommendation to the Board to his/her staff.  Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants shall be conducted by the district employee who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.

The Board has the authority to officially employ all classified personnel after receiving a recommendation for action from the Superintendent.  However, the Superintendent may employ a classified staff member on a temporary basis until a formal recommendation can be made, and formal action can be taken by the Board on the position.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. (2012)
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012)
Iowa Code §§ 35C; 216; 279.8; 294.1 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.4(5                   

Approved:

Reviewed:                                                                  
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:24

411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of Assignment

411.3 - Classified Employee Letter of Assignment

Assignments of full-time and part-time classified personnel will be in writing and will state the length of time the assignment is in force, the total compensation or rate of pay for the assignment period, and the schedule for periodic payments.

These assignments will be approved by the Board, signed by the president, signed by the employee, and filed with the school district secretary.

Compensation plans and working conditions for classified employees will be determined by the Board.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.7A; 285.5(9) (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:26

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and Certification

411.4 - Classified Employee Licensing and Certification

Classified employees who require a special license or other certification will keep them current at their own expense.  Licensing requirements needed for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by law and by the Iowa Department of Education for the position.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding licensing and certifiction of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 285.5(9) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.4(10); 36; 43.12-.24.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:28

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and Transfer

411.5 - Classified Employee Assignment and Transfer

Assignment of classified staff shall be based upon the qualifications of the employee and the philosophy and needs of the school district.

Changes in assignment may be made at the initiative of the Superintendent of Schools or other supervisory staff members, or at the request of the employee.  All changes in assignment shall be made with full knowledge of the employee and approved by the Superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding assignment and transfer of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:29

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

411.7 - Classified Employee Evaluation

Evaluation of classified employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the superintendent.  The goal of the formal evaluation of classified employees is to maintain classified employees who meet or exceed the board’s standards of performance, to clarify each classified employee’s role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure classified employees are formally evaluated annually. 

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding evaluation of such employees will be followed

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).

Saydel Education Association v. PERB, 333 N.W.2d 486 (Iowa 1983).
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:31

412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits

412 - Classified Employee – Compensation and Benefits dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:32

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

412.1 - Classified Employee Compensation

The board will determine the compensation to be paid for the classified employees' positions, keeping in mind the education and experience of the classified employee, the educational philosophy of the school district, the financial condition of the school district and any other considerations as deemed relevant by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the compensation of classified employees.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding compensation of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Iowa Code §§ 20.1, .4, .7, .9; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:33

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

412.2 - Classified Employee Wage and Overtime Compensation

Each non-exempt employee compensated on an hour-by-hour basis, whether full-or part-time, permanent or temporary, will be paid no less than the prevailing minimum wage.  Whenever a non-exempt employee must work more than forty hours in a given work week, the employee is compensated at one and one-half times their regular hourly wage rate.  This compensation is in the form of overtime pay or compensatory time.  Overtime will not be permitted without prior authorization of the superintendent.

Each non-exempt employee paid on an hour-by-hour basis must complete, sign, and turn in a daily time record showing the actual number of hours worked.  Failure of the employee to maintain, or falsification of, a daily time record will be grounds for disciplinary action.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain wage records.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
Garcia v. San Antonio Metropolitan Transit Authority,

469 U.S. 528 (1985).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012).
29 C.F.R. Pt. 511 (2012).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:34

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

412.3 - Classified Employee Group Insurance Benefits

Classified Employees may be eligible for group benefits as determined by the board and required by law.  The board will select the group benefit program(s) and the insurance company or third party administrator which will provide or administer the program.

In accordance with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA), the board will offer classified employees, who are expected to work an average of at least thirty (30) hours per week or one hundred (130) hours per month, based on the measurement adopted by the board, with minimum essential coverage that is both affordable and provides minimum value. The board will utilize the applicable measurement period to determine whether variable hourly employees qualify for an offer of insurance coverage under the district's group plan.  The board will have the authority and right to change or eliminate group benefit programs, other than the group health plan, for its classified employees.

Classified employees who work thirty (30) hours per week are eligible to participate in the group health plan. Full-time classified employees who wish to purchase coverage for their spouse or dependents may do so by meeting the requirements of the applicable plan.  Employers should maintain documents regarding eligible employees acceptance and rejection of coverage.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in certified collective bargaining units and the board regarding group insurance benefits of such employees will be followed.

Classified employees and their spouse and dependents may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district's group health insurance program if they cease employment with the school district by meaning the requirement of the insurer.

 

 

Legal Reference:              
(Code of Iowa) 20.9; 85; 85B, 279.12; 509; 509A; 509B

(2013) Internal Revenue Code 4980H(c)(4); Treas. Reg.
54.4980H-1(a)(21)(ii).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 78 Fed. Reg.
217, (Jan. 2, 2013).
Shared Responsibility for Employers Regarding Health
Coverage, 26 CFR Parts 1, 54 and 301, 79 Fed. Reg.
8543 (Feb. 12, 2014).

Date of Adoption:   
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:      
August 9, 2021

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:35

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

412.4 - Classified Employee Tax Shelter Programs

The board authorizes the administration to make a payroll deduction for classified employees' tax sheltered annuity premiums purchased from a company or program chosen by the board and collective bargaining units.

Classified employees wishing to have payroll deductions for tax sheltered annuities will make a written request to the superintendent.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding tax shelter programs of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, Section 1450(a), repealing portions of IRS REG § 1.403(b)-1(b)(3).

Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 260C; 273; 294.16 (2013).
1988 Op. Att'y Gen. 38.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 462, 602.
1966 Op. Att'y Gen. 211, 220.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:37

413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment

413 - Classified Employee - Termination of Employment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:39

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

413.1 - Classified Employee Resignation

Resignations shall be in writing signed by the resigning party, directed to the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) and referred to the Board of Directors with a recommendation.  The Superintendent must receive the written resignation at least two weeks in advance of the date the employee plans to terminate employment.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding resignation of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2, .3, .5; 279.19A; 285.5(9) (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:40

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

413.3 - Classified Employee Suspension

Classified employees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy and obey the law.  The superintendent is authorized to suspend a classified employee with or without pay pending board action on a discharge or during investigation of charges against the employee or for disciplinary purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend a classified employee with or without pay.

In the event of a suspension, due process will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Northeast Community Education Association v. Northeast Community School District, 402 N.W.2d 765, 769 (Iowa 1987).

McFarland v. Board of Education of Norwalk Community School District, 277 N.W.2d 901 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:42

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

413.4 - Classified Employee Dismissal

The board believes classified employees should perform their jobs, respect board policy and obey the law. 

The Superintendent of Schools or a designee has the authority to suspend the services of any classified employee.  At the next meeting of the Board of Directors (Board), action shall be taken by the Board as to whether or not the employee shall be reinstated or dismissed.  A classified employee may be dismissed for any reason, including, but not limited to, incompetence, willful neglect of duty, reduction in force, willful violation of board policy or administrative regulations, or a violation of the law.  The employee shall have the right to request a hearing before the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:43

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

413.5 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force

It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary.  Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given thirty days notice.  Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board.  The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding reduction in force of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:45

414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence

414 - Classified Employee - Vacations and Leaves of Absence dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:46

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and Holidays

414.1 - Classified Employee Vacations and Holidays

Classified personnel who are scheduled to work 52 weeks per year and at least 20 hours per week if they were hired prior to July 1, 2009 and at least 30 hours per week if they were hired after July 1, 2009 are entitled to a one-week vacation plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after one year, two weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after two consecutive years, three weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after ten years, and four weeks plus the Friday after Thanksgiving after twenty years of consecutive employment with the District.

Vacation benefits start on the first anniversary date of employment.  Vacation time may not accrue from one year to the next.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 1C.1-.2; 4.1(34); 20.9 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:47

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

414.2 - Classified Employee Personal Illness Leave

Classified employees are granted 12 days of sick leave in their first year of employment.  Each year thereafter, one additional day of sick leave will be granted to the employees up to a maximum of fifteen days.  "Day" is defined as one workday regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee.  A new employee will report for work at least one full workday prior to receiving sick leave benefits.  A returning employee will be granted the appropriate number of days at the beginning of each fiscal year.  Sick leave may be accumulated up to a maximum of 100 days for classified employees.

Evidence may be required regarding the mental or physical health of the employee including, but not limited to, confirmation of the following:  the employee's illness, the need for the illness leave, the employee's ability to return to work, and the employee's capability to perform the duties of the employee's position.  It is within the discretion of the board and the superintendent to determine the type and amount of evidence necessary.  When an illness leave will be greater than three consecutive days, the employee will comply with board policy regarding family and medical leave.

If an employee is eligible to receive workers' compensation benefits, the employee will contact the board secretary to implement these benefits.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).

29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa  Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:48

414.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

414.3 - Employee Family and Medical Leave

Unpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life.  For purposes of this policy, year is defined as July 1 to June 30.  Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent. 

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61,

4 N.W.2d 394 (1942).
29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. (2012)
29 C.F.R. Pt. 825 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 85.33, .34, .38(3); 216; 279.40 (2013).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 605.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 177, 353.
1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 91.

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:49

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

414.4 - Classified Employee Bereavement Leave

In the event of a death of a member of a classified employee's immediate family, bereavement leave may be granted.  Bereavement leave granted may be for a maximum of 5 days, with "day" being defined as one work day regardless of full-time or part-time status of the employee, per occurrence, for the death of a member of the immediate family as defined in master contract and handbooks.

A maximum of one day of bereavement leave per year will be granted for the death of a close friend or other relative not listed above.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine the number of bereavement leave days to be granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved:
October 11, 2021

                                                           

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:51

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

414.5 - Classified Employee Political Leave

The board will provide a leave of absence to classified employees to run for elective public office.  The superintendent will grant a classified employee a leave of absence to campaign as a candidate for an elective public office as unpaid leave.

The classified employee will be entitled to one period of leave to run for the elective public office, and the leave may commence any time within thirty days of a contested primary, special, or general election and continue until the day following the election.

The request for leave must be in writing to the superintendent at least thirty days prior to the starting date of the requested leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code ch. 55 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:52

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

414.6 - Classified Employee Jury Duty Leave

The board will allow classified employees to be excused for jury duty unless extraordinary circumstances exist.  The superintendent has the discretion to determine when extraordinary circumstances exist.

Employees who are called for jury service will notify the direct supervisor within twenty-four hours after notice of call to jury duty and suitable proof of jury service pay must be presented to the school district.  The employee will report to work within one hour on any day when the employee is excused from jury duty during regular working hours. 

Classified employees will receive their regular salary.  Any payment for jury duty is turned over to the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 607A (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:53

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

414.7 - Classified Employee Military Service Leave

The board recognizes classified employees may be called to participate in the armed forces, including the national guard.  If a classified employee is called to serve in the armed forces, the employee will have a leave of absence for military service until the military service is completed.

The leave is without loss of status or efficiency rating, and without loss of pay during the first thirty calendar days of the leave.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Bewley v. Villisca Community School District,

299 N.W. 2d 904 (Iowa 1980).
Iowa Code §§ 20; 29A.28 (2013).

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:55

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

414.8 - Classified Employee Unpaid Leave

Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies.  Unpaid leave for classified employees must be authorized by the superintendent.  Whenever possible, classified employees will make a written request for unpaid leave ten days prior to the beginning date of the requested leave.  If the leave is granted, the deductions in salary are made unless they are waived specifically by the superintendent.

The superintendent will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave.  In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee's absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.

If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.8 (2013).

Cross Reference:        

Approved:
October 11, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 20:56

500 - STUDENTS

500 - STUDENTS jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:14

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

Student Rights and Responsibilities

Each student has the opportunity and the right to use school as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, he or she is expected to conduct his or her affairs in such a way as to allow other students the same opportunities without serving to restrict or otherwise inhibit their individual and collective rights.

Of equal importance is the right of school authorities to prescribe and control--consistent with fundamental and constitutional safeguards--student conduct in the schools.

In exercising this right, each building principal, working with their staff and with the students, will attempt to achieve the objectives and follow the procedures set forth by Board policies and administrative regulations pertaining to the various aspects of student rights, student conduct, and student discipline.

Objectives to be Achieved

The primary objective is the proper recognition and preservation of a student's constitutional rights and allowance for such rights:

--          Freedom of Expression - Students may freely express their points of view provided they do not seek to coerce others to join in their mode of expression and provided also that they do not otherwise intrude upon the rights of others during school hours.

--          Personal Appearance - Restrictions on a student's hair style or his manner of dress will be determined where there is a "clear and present danger to the student's health and safety, causes an interference with work, or creates classroom or school disorder" as a result of such hair style or manner of dress.  Participation in voluntary activities may necessitate specific requirements for approved grooming and dress due to the nature of the activity.

--          The Right to Petition - Students are allowed to present petitions to the administration at any time.  Collecting of signatures on petitions is limited to before and after school hours.  No student will be subjected to disciplinary measures of any nature for signing a petition addressed to the administration--assuming that the petition is free of obscenities, libelous statements, personal attack, advocation of disruption which poses a probable threat of disruption to the regular school program, and is within the bounds of reasonable conduct.

--          Student Due Process Rights - Students are to have clearly established means by which "administrative due process" is available to see that the individual's rights are protected.  Students are to be involved, singly and collectively, as citizens of the school with the attendant rights of such citizenship and corresponding responsibilities for the proper conduct of their own affairs and those of other students.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
(Code of Iowa)

Constitution of Iowa, Art. I, Sec. 9

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:01

500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

500.1 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board's goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education.  Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.

It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district.  Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth.  In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.

The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, marital status, national origin, creed, religion, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.  This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.

In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return.  Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so.  Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.

Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.

Board policy refers to the term "parents" in many of the policies.  The term parents for purposes of this policy manual means the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student, and students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Algona Community School District, Algona, Iowa 50511; or by telephoning 515-295-3528.

Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison St., Ste. 1475, Chicago, IL, (312) 730-1560,

http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294.  This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.

Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.

 

 

Approved:

Reviewed:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:03

501 - Student Attendance

501 - Student Attendance dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:05

501.1 - Resident Students

501.1 - Resident Students

Children who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.

The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student.  Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents.  A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education.  Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.

Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983).

Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984).
Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4 (2013).
1956 Op. Att'y Gen. 185.
1946 Op. Att'y Gen. 197.
1938 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
1930 Op. Att'y Gen. 147.

Approved:

Reviewed:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:06

501.2 - NonResident Students

501.2 - NonResident Students

Students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.

Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in  their former resident school district will be permitted to attend.  Students who plan to open enroll to  their former resident district for the next school year may  do so without approval of the board.  

Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition.  These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.

Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.
 

NOTE:  This policy reflects current Iowa law.  Iowa's open enrollment law has not eliminated the need for this policy.  This policy affects nonresident students who do not qualify for open enrollment.

 

Legal Reference: Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa
    1983).
Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924).
Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981).
Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.1, .2, .6, .7, 11, .24.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:                                          
January 10, 2022

July 10, 2023

 

Revised:

July 10, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:07

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

501.3 - Compulsory Attendance

Parents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board.  Students will attend school the number of days school is in session in accordance with the school calendar.  Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 75 days per semester.  Students not attending the minimum days must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney.  Exceptions to this policy include children who:

  • have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
  • are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
  • are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
  • are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
  • are receiving independent private instruction; or,
  • are receiving competent private instruction.

It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.

The principal will investigate the cause for a student's truancy.  If the principal is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the principal should discuss the next step with the school board.  If after school board action, the student is still truant, principal will refer the matter over to the county attorney.

The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney.  The superintendent will represent the school district in mediation.  The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A (2013).

441 I.A.C. 41.25(8).
1978 Op. Att'y. Gen. 379.

Approved:

Reviewed:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:09

501.4 - Entrance Admissions

501.4 - Entrance Admissions

Children in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five.  The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program.  The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.

The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district's education program.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.

Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate.  Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .6 (2013).

1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 258.

Approved:                                          

Reviewed:
January 08, 2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:10

501.6 - Student Transfers In

501.6 - Student Transfers In

l

Policy 501.06: Student Transfers In

Status: ADOPTED

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024

 

 

Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.

The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district.  If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination.  The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level.  Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.

The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred.  If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.

The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.
 

NOTE:  School districts do not need parental permission to request student records from previous school districts.  The school district sending the records must notify the parents that the student's records have been sent.

 

Legal Reference:

20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 139A.8

Immunization of Children

Iowa Code  § 282.1

Attendance and Tuition - School Age-Nonresidents

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 282.4

Attendance and Tuition - Suspension-Expulsion

Iowa Code  § 299A

Private Instruction

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

20 U.S.C. § 1232g

Education - FERPA

Cross References

Code

Description

501.15

Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

505.03

Student Honors and Awards

604.01

Private Instruction

604.10

Online Courses

604.11

Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:11

501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers Regulation

501.6R1 - Nonaccredited School Transfers Regulation

Determination of Credit/Grades – High School Level
A transfer student from a nonaccredited setting who is a resident of the Algona Community School District  must attain  forty four (44) credits  for graduation from Algona High School.  These credits may be earned prior to graduation either through credits from credit equivalency in a nonaccredited setting, an accredited school or attendance in the Algona High School program.   The minimum number of credits from an accredited school  must be eleven (11).  These credits may be a combination of credits from the other accredited school or from Algona High School.  Furthermore, a minimum of six (6) high school credits must be obtained as a resident student of Algona with the student in attendance at either the Algona traditional high school or  alternative program.

Credit Equivalency
Credits for work completed in a nonaccredited setting may be awarded based on a substantial academic portfolio of work samples completed by the student and submitted for administrative review.  In addition, the student may be required at the discretion of the Superintendent of Schools or designee to demonstrate content competency through performance testing (either norm or criterion reference tests).  Grades for such course work will be recorded on the student transcript as either a pass or fail grade.

Grade Point Average and Class Rank
Only course work completed through an accredited school program will be used to establish a transferring student’s official grade point average.  Additionally, the transferring student must earn a minimum of eleven (11) credits at Algona High School in order to be “ranked” as a member of the graduating class.

Honors and Awards
To qualify for district or school honors and/or awards including consideration for local scholarship awards, a transfer student must attend for a minimum of two (2) semesters.

 

 

Legal Reference:                 
Chapter 299A.8

Date of Adoption:                                          
February 9, 1998                                            

Reviewed:
February 12, 2024 UNDER REVIEW

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:12

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

 

Policy 501.07: Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

Status: ADOPTED

Original Adopted Date:   01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024

 

 

If the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program.  The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc.  

The notice should state the student's final day of attendance.  If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.

If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing.  This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent.  If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent.  The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.

If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.
    

NOTE:  The third paragraph is a reflection of federal law regarding the forwarding of student records.

 

Legal Reference:

20 U.S.C. § 1232g.
Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A; 299A.11

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 274.1

Legal Status

Iowa Code  § 299.1

Compulsory Education - Attendance Requirements

Iowa Code  § 299.1A

Compulsory Attendance Age

Iowa Code  § 299A.11

Private Instruction - Student Records

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

20 U.S.C. § 1232g

Education - FERPA

Cross References

Code

Description

501.15

Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

604.01

Private Instruction

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:14

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

501.8 - Student Attendance Records

 

Policy 501.08: Student Attendance Records

Status: ADOPTED

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024

 

 

As part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.

It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 294.4

Teachers - Daily Register

Iowa Code  § 299

Compulsory Education

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:15

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

501.13 - Students of Legal Age

IASB Policy Reference Manual

Policy 501.13: Students of Legal Age

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 03/11/2024

LAST REVISED DATE: 

 

Students who have attained legal age may continue the education program without payment of tuition as long as they are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and are residents of the school district.

Parents will be allowed to access and view the student's records without written permission from the student if the student is still a dependent for tax purposes.  In most cases, with the discretion of the principal or the superintendent, the student will be able to make decisions and sign documents rather than requiring parental permission or signature.

 

Legal Reference:

20 U.S.C. § 1232g 
Iowa Code §§ 22; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4; 599.1; 622.10.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).3.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 22

Open Records

Iowa Code  § 282.2

Attendance and Tuition - Offsetting Taxes

Iowa Code  § 282.6

Attendance and Tuition - Tuition

Iowa Code  § 282.7

Attendance and Tuition - Other School Corp./Payment

Iowa Code  § 285.4

Transportation Aid - District Sending

Iowa Code  § 599.1

Minors - Period of Minority

Iowa Code  § 622.10

Evidence - Communications in Professional Confidence

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

20 U.S.C. § 1232g

Education - FERPA

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:16

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

501.14 - Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

Policy 501.14: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/1989 | Last Revised Date: 06/23/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 03/11/2024

 

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district.  As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district. 

Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify the sending and receiving school district in accordance with district practice.  The notice is made on forms provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above.

The receiving district will approve or deny open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law.  The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the  board's approval of the application.  The receiving district’s superintendent will notify the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

The board may approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.  
  An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis.  The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student's needs.  The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.
 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa's open enrollment law.  The option addresses the issue of transportation of open enrolled students. The board needs to establish by policy whether it will or will not allow a receiving district to enter the district to pick up open enrolled students.  This option is on the bottom of the first page of this policy.  For more detailed discussion of this issue, see IASB's Policy Primer, June 24, 2005.

NOTE:  Because open enrollment requests can now occur throughout the year, there is no established date by which districts must make or communicate a decision.  Receiving districts should make the decision whether to approve or deny the request as timely as is practical.  Receiving districts should in turn make and communicate any determinations as soon as is practical.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
281 I.A.C. 17.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 139A.8

Immunization of Children

Iowa Code  § 274.1

Legal Status

Iowa Code  § 279.11

Directors - Powers and Duties - Classroom Assignment

Iowa Code  § 282.1

Attendance and Tuition - School Age-Nonresidents

Iowa Code  § 282.18

Attendance and Tuition - Open Enrollment

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 299.1

Compulsory Education - Attendance Requirements

Iowa Code § 282.8

Attending School Outside State

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 17

Open Enrollment

Cross References

Code

Description

501.15

Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:18

501.15 - Open Enrollment Tansfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

501.15 - Open Enrollment Tansfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

 

Policy 501.15: Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District

Status: APPROVED    

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/1989 | Last Revised Date: 06/23/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 3/11/2024

 

 

The school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district.  As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district.  The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.

The board will take action on the open enrollment request at the next regular board meeting.

The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.  

Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists.  Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled.  Once the student is reinstated, the student's open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met.

Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority.  The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts.  Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.

Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, in accordance with applicable law. 

Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the board are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement.  The board will not approve transportation into the sending district.

An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student's needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed.  The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate.  The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.

The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.
 

NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa's open enrollment law.  The board needs to determine whether it will delegate authority to the superintendent to approve timely filed open enrollment requests.  The 30 days for approval by the superintendent is a recommended practice intended to align with the general timeframe boards have to place a request on the next regular school board meeting agenda, and not a legal requirement.  These applications should be timely handled as appropriate for the needs of the families and the district.  This option is the first set of options on page one of the policy.  There are three options available to the board:

    •    board retains all approval authority over requests.
    •    board delegates all approval authority over requests.
    •    board delegates only some approval authority over requests.

After the board makes its decision, the policy needs to be edited to reflect the board's decision.

The second option on page two addresses the issue of transportation of the receiving district to pick up open enrolled students.  The board needs to establish by policy whether it will go into the sending district to pick up open enrolled students.  

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 274.1; 279.11; 282.1, .3, .8, .18; 299.1.
281 I.A.C. 17.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 139A.8

Immunization of Children

Iowa Code  § 274.1

Legal Status

Iowa Code  § 279.11

Directors - Powers and Duties - Classroom Assignment

Iowa Code  § 282.1

Attendance and Tuition - School Age-Nonresidents

Iowa Code  § 282.18

Attendance and Tuition - Open Enrollment

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 299.1

Compulsory Education - Attendance Requirements

Iowa Code § 282.8

Attending School Outside State

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 17

Open Enrollment

Cross References

Code

Description

501.06

Student Transfers In

501.07

Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals

501.14

Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District

606.06

Insufficient Classroom Space

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:20

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth

 

Policy 501.16: Homeless Children and Youth

Status: APPROVED     

Original Adopted Date 6/9/2003 | Last Revised Date: 03/11/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 03/11/2024

 

 

The Algona Community School District believes all students should have access to a free, appropriate public education. The district will ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free, appropriate public education as other children and youth. 

The term “homeless children and youth” means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence. The term includes: 

  • Children and youth who are: 
    • Sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason (sometimes referred to as “doubled up”); 
    • Living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to lack of alternative adequate accommodations; 
    • Living in emergency or transitional shelters; or
    • Abandoned in hospitals. 
  • Children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for, or ordinarily used as, a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings; 
  • Children and youth who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and 
  • Migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described above. 

To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:

  • Designate the Homeless Coordinator as the local homeless children and youth liaison; 
  • Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth; 
  • Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth; 
  • Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers; 
  • Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements; 
  • Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests; 
  • Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation; 
  • Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and 
  • Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district. 

The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy. 
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy. 

 

NOTE: The United States Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Education have additional information about implementation of the policy. For additional information, please visit: 
•    The “Education Department Releases Guidance on Homeless Children and Youth” section of the United States Department of Education’s website, located at: http://www.ed.gov/news/press-releases/education-department-releases-guidance-homeless-children-and-youth
The “Homeless Education” section of the Iowa Department of Education’s website, located at: https://www.educateiowa.gov/pk-12/title-programs/title-x-part-c-homeless-education

 

Legal Reference:

20 U.S.C. § 6301.
42 U.S.C. § 11302. 
42 U.S.C. §§ 11431 et seq.     
281 I.A.C. 33.

 

 

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 33

Homeless Children and Youth

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

20 U.S.C. § 6301

Education - Elementary and Secondary Improvement

42 U.S.C. § 11302

Public Health - Homeless Assistance

42 U.S.C. § 11431

Public Health - Education for Homeless Children

Cross References

Code

Description

503.03

Fines - Fees - Charges

503.03-R(1)

Fines - Fees - Charges - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.03-E(1)

Fines - Fees - Charges - Standard Fee Waiver Application

507.01

Student Health and Immunization Certificates

603.03

Special Education

711.01

Student School Transportation Eligibility

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:22

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities

502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:27

502.1 - Student Appearance

502.1 - Student Appearance

The board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.

Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment.  The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.

The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion.  Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed.  While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated.  When, in the judgment of a principal, a student's appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

Bethal School District  v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Torvik v. Decorah Community School, 453 F.2d 779 (8th Cir. 1972).
Turley v. Adel Community School District, 322 F.Supp. 402 (S.D. Iowa 1971).
Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                                          

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:27

502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism

502.2 - Care of School Property – Vandalism

Policy 502.02: Care of School Property/Vandalism

       Status: APPROVED                                                                                

Original Adopted Date:                                                    | Last Reviewed Date: 04/08/2024                            

 

 

Students will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district.  They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative rules regarding this policy.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 282.4, .5; 613.16.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 282.4

Attendance and Tuition - Suspension-Expulsion

Iowa Code  § 282.5

Attendance and Tuition - Readmission

Iowa Code  § 613.16

Parental Responsibility for Actions of Children

Cross References

Code

Description

802.01

Maintenance Schedule

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:30

502.3 - Student Expression and Student Publications

502.3 - Student Expression and Student Publications

It is the goal of the district to protect the educational environment for all students to help ensure it is free from substantial disruption or infringement upon their rights.  Student expression should be appropriate to help ensure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.

While students will generally be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions, in certain qualifying circumstances, student speech may require administrative regulation to help ensure the safety and welfare of the school community.  The district may regulate speech that:  causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause a material and substantial disruption to the education environment; infringes upon the rights of others; is obscene or lewd; is school sponsored; and/or promotes illegal activity.  The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students' speech furthers an educational purpose.  The expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.

The superintendent may develop procedures for safely addressing qualifying types of mass protests by students, including walk-ins and walk-outs.  Walk-ins occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  Walk-outs occur when students leave their learning environments during school hours and gather in a group or groups off district property with the purpose of promoting a belief or beliefs.  

The superintendent is encouraged to obtain feedback from community stakeholders in the development of these procedures.  The goal of the procedures shall be to address student safety, maintain the education environment and promote communication during demonstrations while remaining viewpoint neutral.

Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures.  Employees are responsible for helping to ensure students' expression is in keeping with this policy.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

Student Publications

Students may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal.  Official school publications include material produced in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.

 

Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are
not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law.  A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.  The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.

Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 213.1.  Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 502.4.

The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code.  This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions.  The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.
 

NOTE:  This policy represents the current status of students' first amendment rights.    This is a mandatory policy and accompanying regulation required by Iowa Code ch. 279.73.  Schools are urged to handle all protests through a strictly viewpoint neutral lens. Districts should consider the need to balance opposing views.  If one social issue is permitted, other opposing viewpoints should also be permitted. 

Legal Reference:        
U.S. Const. amend. I.

Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2013).

 

 

Approved:          
August 9, 2021

Date of Review:          
April 8, 2024

                                      

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:31

502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code

502.3R1 - Student Expression and Student Publications Code

A. Student Expression defined:  Student Expression is speech, action or other forms of expression which convey a student's beliefs, views or opinions.

B.  Official school publications defined:  An "official school publication" is material produced by students in journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.

C.  Limitations to Student Expression

  1. No student will express, publish or distribute publication material which is:
    1. obscene;
    2. libelous;
    3. slanderous; or
    4. encourages students to:
      1. commit unlawful acts;
      2. violate lawful school regulations
      3. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
      4. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
      5. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
      6. infringe on the rights of others.

D. Responsibilities of students for official school publications.

  1. Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
  2. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
  3. Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.

E. Responsibilities of faculty advisors for official school publications.

Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. Official school publications are produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.  Faculty advisors to students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the student staff in order to maintain professional standards of English journalism.  District employees acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not suffer adverse employment action or retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in authorized student expression or for refusing to infringe on protected student expression.

F.  District employee rights

Any District employee or official, acting within the scope of that person’s professional ethics, if any, shall not be dismissed, suspended, disciplined, reassigned, transferred, subject to termination or non-renewal of a teaching contract or extracurricular contract, or otherwise retaliated against for acting to protect a student for engaging in expression protected by law, or refusing to infringe upon student expression that is protected by law.

G. Liability

Student expression, including student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district.  The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression.  The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.

H. Appeal procedure

  1. Students who believe they have been unreasonable restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.4.
  2. Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 213.1.

I.  Time, place and manner of restrictions on student expression.

  1. Student expression may be conveyed and official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
  2. Student expression and distribution of official school publications in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:
    1. commit unlawful acts;
    2. violate school rules
    3. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
    4. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
    5. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or 
    6. infringe on the rights of others.

Approved:          
August 9, 2021

Date of Review:          
April 8, 2024 

 

jcarter@algona… Fri, 08/20/2021 - 13:30

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances

Policy 502.04: Student Complaints and Grievances

Status: APPROVED
Original Adopted Date:                          Last Reviewed Date: 04/08/2024 Last Revised Date:                                            

Creating an environment where students feel comfortable addressing their concerns in a meaningful manner is vital to the learning process.  It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level. Student complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations, or other matters should first be addressed to the student's teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint.  

If the complaint cannot be resolved by a student’s teacher or other licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 10  days of the employee's decision.  If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within 10 days after speaking with the principal.

If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.  The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint. 
 

NOTE:  There should be reasonable limits on the number of days a student has to pursue a complaint.  Cross reference with the number of days listed in policy 401.4 for consistency.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8

 

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Cross References

Code Description
210.08 Board Meeting Agenda
210.08-EH(1) Board Meeting Agenda - Example
210.08-EH(2) Board Meeting Agenda - Example (with closed session)
213 Public Participation in Board Meetings
dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:32

502.5 - Student Lockers

502.5 - Student Lockers

Policy 502.05: Student Lockers

Status: APPROVED
Original Adopted Date:  Last Reviewed Date:04/08/2024 Last Revised Date:                                                                                  

Student lockers are the property of the school district.  Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school.  It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.

To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers.  Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers.  Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.
 

NOTE:  Iowa law requires students or another individual to be present during the inspection of lockers.  For locker searches, see Policy 502.8, Search and Seizure.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.14; 808A.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code § 280.14 Uniform School Requirements - Administrators
Iowa Code § 808A Student Searches

Cross References

Code Description
802.01 Maintenance Schedule
dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:33

502.6 - Weapons

502.6 - Weapons

 

Policy 502.06: Weapons

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date: 10/10/1994 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date:

 

 

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes. Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.

Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident.  Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.

Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year.  The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis.  For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.

Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy. 
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy. 

 

NOTE: The board may specifically authorize individuals to be armed with, carry, or transport a firearm on school grounds under limited circumstances outlined in law. Reasons for this authorization may include, conducting instructional programs regarding firearms or for conducting an Iowa Department of Natural Resources approved hunter education course or shooting sports activities course on school property. 

 

Legal Reference:

18 U.S.C. § 921 
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724 
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 280.21B

Expulsion-weapons

Iowa Code  § 483A.27

Hunter Education Program

Iowa Code  § 724

Weapons

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S.C. - United States Code

Description

18 U.S.C. § 921

Crimes - Criminal Procedures - Firearms

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:33

502.7 - Student Substance Abuse

502.7 - Student Substance Abuse

 

Policy 502.07: Student Substance Use

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 2/12/2024| Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

PLEASE NOTE: This policy title has been updated

The board believes it is imperative to promote the health and well-being of all students in the district.  The district will provide a substance use prevention program and set restrictions on substance use by students in accordance with applicable law.

The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco/nicotine products, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco/nicotine products, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. "Controlled substances" in this policy refers to the misuse of both licit and illicit drugs. 

The board believes such illegal, unauthorized, or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.

Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.  Use, purchase or being in possession of tobacco/nicotine products for those under the age of twenty-one, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.  Possession, use or being under the influence of alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.

Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance use assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board.  If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.

The board believes the substance use prevention program will include:

  • Age-appropriate, evidence-based substance use prevention curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug, and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting social pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol.
  • A statement to students that the use of controlled substances and the unlawful possession and use of tobacco/nicotine products and alcohol is harmful to student well-being.
  • Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of controlled substances, tobacco/nicotine products and/or alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities.
  • A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions.
  • A statement that students may be required to complete a substance use evaluation to determine whether substance use disorder treatment is recommended and, if recommended, successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program.
  • Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students.
  • A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and,
  • Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
 

NOTE:  This policy is mandatory and complies with the federal Drug-Free Schools Act but is expanded to also include tobacco products.  This policy reflects Iowa law regarding tobacco products and minors.

 

Legal Reference:

34 C.F.R. Pt. 86
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); .5(3)(e), .5(4)(e), .5(5)(e)

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 123.46

Consumption/Intoxication in Public

Iowa Code  § 124

Controlled Substances

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 279.9

Directors - Powers and Duties - Controlled Substances

Iowa Code  § 453A

Tobacco, Nicotine, Vapor Products - Taxes, Regulations

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

281 I.A.C. 5

Public Records - Fair Access

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations

Description

34 C.F.R. Pt. 86

Education - Drug and Alcohol Abuse Prevention

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:35

502.8 - Search and Seizure

502.8 - Search and Seizure

 

Policy 502.08: Search and Seizure

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date:                        | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date:

 

 

School district property is held in public trust by the board.  School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated.  The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities.  The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.
 
School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search.  Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco/nicotine, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property.  Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials.  The board believes that illegal, unauthorized, or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
 

NOTE:  This policy reflects the law regarding school district authority for searching students, their possessions, and their lockers.  Substantive changes were made to 502.08R1.

 

Legal Reference:

U.S. Const. amend. IV.
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Cason v. Cook, 810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987), cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).
Iowa Code ch. 808A 
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 808A

Student Searches

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S. Supreme Court

Description

469 U.S. 325

New Jersey T.L.O

Case Law

Description

Cason v. Cook

810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987),  cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).

New Jersey v. T.L.O.

469 U.S. 325 (1985)

Cross References

Code

Description

905.02

Nicotine/Tobacco-Free Environment

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:38

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation

 

Regulation 502.08-R(1): Search and Seizure - Regulation

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date:                               | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date:

 

 

I. Searches, in general.

  1. Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion:  A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.

    Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:
     

    1. eyewitness observations by employees;
    2. information received from reliable sources;
    3. suspicious behavior by the student; or,
    4. the student's past history and school record. although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.
       
  2. Reasonable Scope:  A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.  Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:
    1. the age of the student;
    2. the sex of the student;
    3. the nature of the infraction; and
    4. the emergency requiring the search without delay.

II. Types of Searches

  1. Personal Searches
    ​​​​​​​
    1. A student's person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.
    2. Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.
      ​​​​​​​
      1. Pat-Down Search:  If a pat-down search or a search of a student's garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
         
      2. A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student's person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened.  Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.
        ​​​​​​​
  2. Locker and Desk Inspections 

    Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times.  The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained.  For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk.  Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual.  Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.

    ​​​​​​​The contents of a student's locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule.  Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.
     

  3. Automobile Searches

    Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots.  The interior of a student's automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.

​​​​​​​

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 808A

Student Searches

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S. Supreme Court

Description

469 U.S. 325

New Jersey T.L.O

Case Law

Description

Cason v. Cook

810 F.2d 188 (8th Cir. 1987),  cert. den., 482 U.S. 930 (1987).

New Jersey v. T.L.O.

469 U.S. 325 (1985)

Cross References

Code

Description

905.02

Nicotine/Tobacco-Free Environment

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:43

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

502.9 - Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

 

Policy 502.09: Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date:                    | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date:

 

 

Generally, students may not be interviewed during the school day by persons other than parents and school district officials and employees.

Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal's office.  Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted.  Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.

If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator's judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student's parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.

Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.
 

NOTE:  Iowa law does not address access to students by law enforcement authorities or other officials.  This policy reflects the generally accepted practice of school districts.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 232; 280.17.
281 I.A.C. 102.
441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 232

Juvenile Justice

Iowa Code  § 280.17

Uniform School Requirements - Child abuse reporting

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 102

Abuse of Students by School Employees Investigation Procedures

441 I.A.C. 155

Human Services - Child Abuse Prevention

441 I.A.C. 175

Human Services - Abuse of Children

441.I.A.C. 9.2

Human Services - Statement of Policy

Cross References

Code

Description

402.02

Child Abuse Reporting

502.10

Use of Motor Vehicles

902.02

News Conferences and Interviews

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:48

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles

 

Policy 502.10: Use of Motor Vehicles

Status: Under Review

Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2022 | Last Revised Date:

 

 

The board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center.  Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.

Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center or at either their attendance center or a shared district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities.  Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal.  Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal.  

Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, with administrative approval.

Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal. Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.
 

NOTE: This policy is not mandatory.  The underlined language, however, needs to be in board policy with the board adding its own criteria.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 321

Motor Vehicles

Cross References

Code

Description

502.09

Interviews of Students by Outside Agencies

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 01/17/2020 - 21:49

503 - Student Discipline

503 - Student Discipline dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:06

503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation

503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation

Regulation 503.01-R(1): Student Conduct - Regulation

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 12/11/2023 | Last Revised Date:          | Last Reviewed Date:

 

 

Administrative Action

  1. Probation
     
    1. Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time.  Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
    2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.
       
  2. In-School Suspension
     
    1.  In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules, which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
    2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension.  The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond.  In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days.  Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.
       
  3. Out-of-School Suspension
     
    1.  Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.
    2. A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school.  The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:
      1. Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student, and
      2. The opportunity to respond to those charges.

At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.

    1. Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent.  A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact.  Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.
       
  1. Suspensions and Special Education Students
    1. Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP).  The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.
    2. Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 282.4

Attendance and Tuition - Suspension-Expulsion

Iowa Code  § 282.5

Attendance and Tuition - Readmission

Iowa Code  § 708.1

Assault - Defined

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S. Supreme Court

Description

419 U.S. 565

Goss v Lopez (1975)

Case Law

Description

Brands v. Sheldon CSD

671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987)

Bunger v. Iowa HS Athletic Assoc.

197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972)

Goss v. Lopez

419 U.S. 565 (1975)

Sims v. Colfax CSD

307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970)

Waterloo ISD Board v. Green

259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).

Cross References

Code

Description

603.03

Special Education

903.05

Distribution of Materials

903.05-R(1)

Distribution of Materials - Regulation

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 11/14/2023 - 13:17

503.1 - Student Conduct

503.1 - Student Conduct

Policy 503.01: Student Conduct

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 01/12/2022 | Last Reviewed Date: 12/11/2023

 

 

The board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises.  Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.

Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.  Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.

Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere.  Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.

Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office.  It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.  

Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes.  The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day.  Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.

 In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision.  An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.  

Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities.  An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law.  A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.

Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded.  The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty.  Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.

Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.

This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students. 

Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and outlines the school district's basic student conduct.  Details of how this policy will be implemented should be included in the student handbook.  

 

Legal Reference:

Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987).
Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970).
Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147   
    N.W.2d 854 (1967).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8;282.3, 282.4, 282.5; 708.1.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 282.4

Attendance and Tuition - Suspension-Expulsion

Iowa Code  § 282.5

Attendance and Tuition - Readmission

Iowa Code  § 708.1

Assault - Defined

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S. Supreme Court

Description

419 U.S. 565

Goss v Lopez (1975)

Case Law

Description

Brands v. Sheldon CSD

671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987)

Bunger v. Iowa HS Athletic Assoc.

197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972)

Goss v. Lopez

419 U.S. 565 (1975)

Sims v. Colfax CSD

307 F.Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970)

Waterloo ISD Board v. Green

259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967).

Cross References

Code

Description

603.03

Special Education

903.05

Distribution of Materials

903.05-R(1)

Distribution of Materials - Regulation

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:06

503.2 - Expulsion

503.2 - Expulsion

Policy 503.02: Expulsion

Status: ADOPTED

Original Adopted Date: 03/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 01/08/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/08/2024

 

 

Only the board may remove a student from the school environment for more than ten (10) consecutive school days..  

Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law.  It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student.  The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.

When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:

  1. Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;
  2. The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;
  3. An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;
  4. The right to be represented by counsel; and
  5. The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.

In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures.  A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct.  A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement.  Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.

If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures.  If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and is a reflection of Iowa law regarding student expulsion.  It is consistent with the due process requirements of the 14th amendment to the U.S. Constitution.  The last two paragraphs reflect federal special education law.

 

Legal Reference:

Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 
    N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 21.5

Closed Session

Iowa Code  § 282.3

Attendance and Tuition - Admission and Exclusion

Iowa Code  § 282.4

Attendance and Tuition - Suspension-Expulsion

Iowa Code  § 282.5

Attendance and Tuition - Readmission

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 12.3

Administration

U.S. Supreme Court

Description

419 U.S. 565

Goss v Lopez (1975)

420 U.S. 308

Wood v Strickland (1975)

Case Law

Description

Goss v. Lopez

419 U.S. 565 (1975)

SE Warren CSD  v. Dept. of Public Instruction

285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979)

Wood v. Strickland

420 U.S. 308 (1975).

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:10

503.3 - Fines - Fees – Charges

503.3 - Fines - Fees – Charges

The board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others.  Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.

The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.  Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 18.2.
1994 Op. Att'y Gen. 23.
1990 Op. Att'y Gen. 79.
1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 227.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 532.

Approved:                                                                  
September 16, 1996                                                   

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:12

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

503.3R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures

The Board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees.  The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers, or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student's parents' ability to meet the financial criteria.

A.       Waivers

  1. Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, , or transportation assistance under open enrollment.  Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.
  2. Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student's parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition Program.  A partial waiver shall be based on the same percentage as the reduced price meals.
  3. Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student's parents are facing financial difficulty.  Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and shall not exceed beyond the end of the school year.

B.       Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver shall make an application on the form provided by the school district.  Applications may be made at any
           time but must be renewed annually.

C.       Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record, and student confidentiality and access
           provisions will be followed.

D.       Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the Board of Education.

E.       Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.

F.       Notice - The school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver.  Information will be included in registration materials and printed in staff and
          student handbooks.

Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived.  Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees.  Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact Central Administration for a waiver form.  This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:19

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

503.4 - Good Conduct Rule

Participation in school activities is a privilege.  School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.

Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school.  Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.

Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.  The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities.  Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn.,

197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972).
In re Jason Clark, 1 D.P.I. App. Dec. 167 (1978).
Iowa Code §§ 280.13, .13A (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 36.15(1).

Approved:
February 14, 1994

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:22

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

503.5 - Corporal Punishment

Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student and is prohibited.  It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.  No employee is prohibited from:

  •      Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:

                     --     To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
                     --     To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil's control.
                     --     For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.
                     --     For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.
                     --     To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
                     --     To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
                     --     To protect the safety of others.

  •      Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.

Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement.  Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.

Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.

Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation.  The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:

  1.    The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
  2.    The nature of the student's behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
  3.    The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
  4.    The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;
  5.    The motivation of the school employee using physical force.

Upon request, the student's parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).

Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
Lai v. Erickson, PTPC Admin. Doc. 83-12 (1983).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 275.

Approved:                                          
February 14, 1994

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:25

503.6 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

503.6 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

It is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for onesefl and others.  On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students.  The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community.  With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.

Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student's arms, legs, body or head freely.  Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed.  Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact.

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion.  Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction.

Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:

  • To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
  • To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant non-monetary value or importance; or
  • When the student's actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
  • When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
  • When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.

Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law.  Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could required the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic.

When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent's designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law.

 

Legal Reference:
Ingraham v.Wright, 430 U.S. 651 (1977).
Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975).
Tinkham v. Kole, 252 Iowa 1303, 110 N.W.2d 258 (1961).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6); 103.

Cross Reference:
402.3 Abuse of Students by School District Employees
502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
503 Student Discipline
503.6 Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students

Adopted:
January 10, 2022

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

jcarter@algona… Mon, 01/17/2022 - 09:33

503.8 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Vi

503.8 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Vi

Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence

Board Policy: 503.8      

ADOPTED: 12/11/2023  

REVIEWED:                   

REVISED:                      

Threat of Violence

Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic, or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.

 

Incident of Violence

Incident of Violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.

 

Injury

Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.”  State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981)

 

Property Damage

Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment, or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action.  Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 41(21)).   

 

Assault

Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

 

An act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physcial contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

 

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1)

 

 

Escalating Responses by Grade Band

 

Grades PK-2

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

Grades 3-5

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

Grades 6-8

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

Grades 9-12

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary removal from class;

    • In-school suspension; and/or

    • Suspension of transportation, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 12/12/2023 - 09:41

Policy 503.07 Student Disclosure of Identity

Policy 503.07 Student Disclosure of Identity

It is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn.  As part of creating that safe educational environment, no employee of the district will provide false or misleading information to the parent/guardian of a student regarding that student’s gender identity or intention to transition to a gender that is different from their birth certificate or certificate issued upon adoption.   

If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a gender identity, name, or pronoun that is different than what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator. The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian.  This requirement also applies to all nicknames.

To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements listed above, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students.

 

Adopted: August 14, 2023

Reviewed: 

Revised:

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 10:50

503.07E1: Report Student Disclosure Identity

503.07E1: Report Student Disclosure Identity

REPORT OF STUDENT DISCLOSURE OF IDENTITY

 

Dear (Parent/Guardian) _________________,

This letter is to inform you that your student (student’s name listed on registration) ________________

has made a request of a licensed employee to

(check all that apply):

______ make an accommodation that is intended to affirm the student’s gender identity as follows

:

___________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________________

 

______use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender

identity listed on the student’s school registration forms. The name, pronoun, or gender identity

requested is ______________________________________________________________________

.

If you would like to amend the student’s registration paperwork to permit the student’s requested

accommodation and/or include the use of the above referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please

complete the attached form and return it to the district administration office.

Sincerely,

____________________________________________

 

Administrator

Date

 

 

ADOPTED: August 14, 2023

REVIEWED:

REVISED:

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 10:53
File Attachments

503.07E2 Request to Update Student Identity

503.07E2 Request to Update Student Identity

 

REQUEST TO UPDATE STUDENT IDENTITY

_______________________________________________________________

(Student’s current name on registration)

(Student ID) _________________________

 

Please update my student’s names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student’s registration

paperwork to include all of the following:

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Names)

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Pronouns)

__________________________________________________________________________________

(Gender identities)

 

__________________Parent/Guardian                                            Date

Approved:  August 14, 2023

Reviewed:

Revised:

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 11:00
File Attachments

503.08 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence

503.08 Model Policies for Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence

Regulation 503.8: Model Policy for Discipline

Status: UNDER FIRST READING

Original Adopted Date: 12/11/2023 | Last Revised Date:          | Last Reviewed Date:

 

Threat of Violence

Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic, or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.

 

Incident of Violence

Incident of Violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.

 

Injury

Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.”  State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981)

 

Property Damage

Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment, or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action.  Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 41(21)).   

 

Assault

Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:

 

An act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physcial contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.

 

The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1)

 

 

Escalating Responses by Grade Band

 

Grades PK-2

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

Grades 3-5

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

 

Grades 6-8

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from class.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

Grades 9-12

Level

Escalating Response

Level 1

  • Requires Parent or guardian notification.

  • Responses may include any of the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention; and/or

    • Temporary removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary removal from class;

    • In-school suspension; and/or

    • Suspension of transportation, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle.

Level 2

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to the incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s);

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate.

Level 3

  • Requires parent or guardian notification.

  • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response.

  • Responses to an incident may include the following:

    • Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate;

    • When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district;

    • Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s);

    • Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s).

    • Detention;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities;

    • Temporary or permanent removal from class;

    • In-school suspension;

    • Out-of-school suspension;

    • Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle;

    • Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or

    • Recommendation for expulsion.

 

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 11/14/2023 - 13:19

504 - Student Activities

504 - Student Activities dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:30

504.1 - Student Government

504.1 - Student Government

A student government in any school may be organized within the framework of guidelines adopted by the building principal and faculty representatives.

The function of student government shall be to provide a channel of communication between students and the professional staff of the building and opportunities for students to learn responsible leadership.  Regulations and policies shall always remain the province of the Board and administration.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:31

504.2 - Student Organizations

504.2 - Student Organizations

Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.

Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class.  Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations.  Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.

Curriculum-Related Organizations

It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related.  One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:

  •     Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
  •     Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
  •     Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
  •     Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
  •     Does participation in the group result in academic credit?

Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day.  Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.

Noncurriculum-Related Organizations

Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.

Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups.  Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated.  As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.

Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings.  Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance.  Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Westside Community Board of Education v Mergens,

496 U.S. 226 (1990).
Bender v. Williamsport Area Community School District, 741 F.2d 538 (3d Cir. 1984), vacated and remanded on other grounds, 475 U.S. 534 (1986).
20 U.S.C. §§ 4071-4074 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 287.1-.3; 297.9 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:33

504.3 - Rescinded

504.3 - Rescinded

This policy has been rescinded.

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:36

504.3R1 - Rescinded

504.3R1 - Rescinded

This policy has been rescinded.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:38

504.4 - Student Performances

504.4 - Student Performances

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that worthy and appropriate educational values accrue from student participation in civic and community affairs.  As such, the Board endorses public performances by students when such performances contribute to the educational processes and objectives of the school, and when it does not unduly interfere with the student program.

  1. All such performances shall be approved by the supervising administrator.
  1. The extended use of one particular group should be discouraged.
  1. Extensive travel by a particular group should be discouraged.
  1. Student groups below the senior high level should engage in only limited activity.
     
  2. Generally, public performances shall not be allowed at places where drugs and alcohol or other mood altering substances are available.  Exceptions may be granted by the building administrator for local groups/activities such as service club banquets, Chamber of Commerce banquets. etc.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students.  Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).

Iowa Code §§ 280.13-.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.6.

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:45

504.5 - School Fundraising

504.5 - School Fundraising

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes the potential for positive benefits to students and the school district from properly organized and operated fundraising activities.  School-based fundraising activities which require the participation of students and/or staff members may be approved by the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee.  Major fundraising campaigns (those defined as activities raising $2,500 or more) will be required to have the expressed approval of the Board prior to the implementation of the fundraising activity.

The Board, however, draws a distinction between school-initiated fundraising activities and those fundraising activities that may be initiated by an outside agent or business interest.  Therefore, the Board prohibits activity requiring students and teachers to assist in promoting campaigns, (financial, educational, charitable, or otherwise), which demand the time of students, teachers, and administrators, except as hereinafter provided, unless the same shall be in accord with the general policies of the Board.

Also, no agent, person, or persons shall be permitted to solicit any student or teacher for any purpose, distribute circulars, handbills, cards, or advertisements of any kind, make announcements of any nature, or take up contributions in any school building or on any premises, for any purpose whatsoever, except by approval of the Superintendent, as being in accord with the general policies of the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Senior Class of Pekin High School v. Tharp, 154 N.W.2d 874 (Iowa 1967).

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975    

                                                     
Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:48

504.6 - Student Activity Program

504.6 - Student Activity Program

The Algona Community School District Board of Directors (Board) supports a student activity program to provide students opportunities in a non-academic setting to learn qualities of participation, leadership, cooperation, competition, and the skills of how to deal effectively with success and disappointment.  Participation in school activities is a privilege if students meet certain academic and behavior requirements as students of the Algona Community Schools and the community of Algona. 

The activities available to students are listed in district handbooks and other district publications.  It is the intent of the Board that the conduct of the student activity program not unduly disrupt the basic educational program or interfere with normal school district operations.  Normally, school-sponsored activities are also conducted under the auspices of the respective state associations that sponsor and provide oversight for student activity programs.

For certain activities the District may require proof of insurance, a completed physical and attendance by parents at an informational meeting prior to the student being declared eligible to participate in either practices or competitive games or activities.  In any case, students wanting to participate in any school activity must meet the requirements set out by the school district and any other governing agency for participation in that particular activity.

A high school or middle school student who participates in school sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the High School Principal, Middle School Principal, or Athletic Director as appropriate.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681-1683; 1685-1686 (2012).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 106.41 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.13-.14 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.6., 36.15(7).

Date of Adoption:                                          
November 18, 1997

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:50

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement

505 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:58

505.1 - Student Progres Reports and Conferences

505.1 - Student Progres Reports and Conferences

Students will receive a progress report at the end of each nine-week grading period.  Students, who are doing poorly, and their parents, are notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade.  The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.

Parent-teacher conferences will be held each semester at the elementary to keep the parents informed.  The conferences at the high school and middle school are not individually scheduled.

Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time.  Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student's progress or other matters with the student's teacher.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; .280, 284.12 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), .5(16).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
April 11, 1994

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 19:58

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration

505.2 - Student Promotion - Retention – Acceleration

Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student's achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.

Retention/Promotion other than reading retention in grades kindergarten through three: 

The district shall adhere to the following:

  • Retention/Promotion in kindergarten – eighth grade: The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Retention/Promotion in ninth – twelfth grade: Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed.
  • It is within the sole discretion of the district to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
  • Acceleration in kindergarten – twelfth grade: Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district's graduation requirements.
  • Retention or Acceleration in Kindergarten - twelfth grade may also occur in additional instances as provided by law.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, 279.8; .68; 280.3 (2015).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(16).

Approved: 
October 12, 2015             

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:01

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

505.3 - Student Honors and Awards

All regularly enrolled students may be considered for honors or awards awarded by the school.  Specific qualifications and criteria for such awards shall be established by licensed school personnel who have been delegated the responsibility by the Superintendent of Schools or the building principal.  Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022​​​​​​​

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:04

505.4 - Testing Program

505.4 - Testing Program

A comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.

No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United State Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:

  • political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:
  • mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
  • sex behavior or attitudes;
  • illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
  • critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
  • legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
  • religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or
  • income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program),

Without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the consent of the parent.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h.

Iowa Code §§ 280.3.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                          

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:06

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

505.5 - Graduation Requirements

Students must successfully complete the courses required by the Board of Directors (Board) and the Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.  It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete 44 credits prior to graduation.  The following credits will be required.

      a.  8 credits in English/Literature
      b.  6 credits in Social Studies
      c.  6 credits in Science
      d.  6 credits in Mathematics
     
e.  1 credit in Health
      f.   2 credits in Physical Education
 
         One-fourth (1/4) credit per semester toward the 44 credit requirement will be allowed for successful completion of physical education.
      g.  ICAP Credit (maximum 1 credit)
 
         One-fourth (1/4) credit per year of attendance at AHS for successful completion of ICAP requirements

The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.

Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.

Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science.

Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.

Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5,; 12.3(5) .

Adopted:  
March 14, 1977

Date of Review:
August 8, 2022

August 14, 2023

Revised:

August 14. 2023

           

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:08

505.5R - Credit Requirements for New Students

505.5R - Credit Requirements for New Students

Students who complete four years of high school at Algona must have 44 credits to graduate of which 29 are required.  Barring failure, no students have difficulty reaching this goal.  All of our students carry 6 subjects per semester and some carry more.  However, students moving into Algona prior to or during junior or senior years from schools requiring fewer credits may have difficulty accumulating the requisite 44 graduation credits.

                                                                    SEMESTERS
                        9th                       10th                  11th                  12th
                    1          2           3           4           5           6            7          8
44 cr.       5.5          11      16.5         22      27.5         33       38.5        44
42 cr.       5.25        10.5   15.75       21      26.25       31.5    36.75      42
40 cr.       5              10     15            20      25            30       35           40
36 cr.       4.5            9      13.5         18      22.5         27       31.5        36
32 cr.       4               8      12            16      20            24       28           32

  1.  All students regardless of entry date (except as noted below) must meet the 27 credits required
  2.  Students transferring to Algona at the end of the first semester of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 41 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 42.5 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

  1. Students transferring to Algona at the end of their junior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 40 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 42 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

  1.  Students transferring at the end of the first semester of their senior year must acquire the following credits for graduation.

            If from a 32-33 credit system - 36.5 credits

            If from a 34-35 credit system - 38.5 credits

            If from a 36-37 credit system - 40.5 credits

            If from a 38-42 credit system - 43 credits

 

 

Adopted:
April 11, 1994.

Reviewed: 
July 11, 2011

Revised:
September 15, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:11

505.6 - Early Graduation

505.6 - Early Graduation

Generally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve.  Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.

A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district.  However, the student who graduates early many participate in commencement exercises.

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.2; .5; 12.3(5)

Date of Adoption:                                      
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:20

505.8 - Parental Involvment

505.8 - Parental Involvment

Parental and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school.  The Board encourages parents to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. 

  1. The Board will direct its administrative staff to continue to utilize the existing Title I parent and family advisory system to involve parents and families in the development of the Title I Plan.  In addition, the Title I Plan shall be incorporated as an integral part of the district’s Comprehensive School Improvement Plan as submitted to the Department of Education, and all Title I staff members shall be involved fully in complying with the requirements of the Comprehensive School Improvement Plan and establishing annual classroom improvement objectives for instruction as a Title I teacher.
  1. The Board will provide the resources and staff necessary to facilitate the coordination, technical assistance, and other support services necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating Title I schools in planning and implementing effective parental and family engagement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance.
  1. The Board will support building capacity for strong parental and family engagement by continuing the current system of parent-teacher conferences twice per year and continuing to support the existing practice of contracts with parents and families of Title I students outlining the services that students are to receive in a Title I program and how parents and families can assist in helping their children perform better in reading achievement at home.
  1. The Board will provide administrative staff to coordinate and integrate parental and family engagement strategies under Title I with other programs, such as Head Start, Reading First, Reading Recovery, etc.
  1. The Board will require an annual survey to conduct an evaluation involving the parents and families in the assessment of the content and effectiveness of the parental and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents and families in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income, Limited English Proficient (LEP), minorities, individuals with disabilities, low literacy) and use the findings of the evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family engagement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family engagement policies; and
  1. The Board will direct its administrative staff to determine, with the input of parents and families, how to best involve parents and families in meaningful Title I activities.

The Board will review this policy annually.  The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.  The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal References:      
20 U.S.C. § 6318

Approved:                                                                  
March 14, 2005                                                            

Date of Review:
February 12, 2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:22

506 - Student Records

506 - Student Records dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:26

506.1 - Student Records Access

506.1 - Student Records Access

The board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality, as provided by law. Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of education records. Education records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student's attendance center.

Definitions

For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:

  • “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
  • “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student. 

An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information.  Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.

Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records.  Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.

Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records. Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or eligible student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records. 

Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.

If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records. 

Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be:

  • To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
  • To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
  • To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
  • In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
  • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
  • To accrediting organizations;
  • To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
  • To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
  • Consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies;
  • In connection with a health or safety emergency;
  • As directory information; or
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student.  Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission.  This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.

The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s education records. This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records. 

Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation. Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.

When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes.  For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.

The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system.  The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies (agencies) involved.

The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.  Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family. 

Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.

Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.

Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled.  The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy. Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:

  1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
  2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
  3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
  4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.

The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language. Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.

The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g; 1415.
34 C.F.R. §§ 99; 300.610 et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B; 280.24; 280.25; 622.10.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Cross Reference:        
501      Student Attendance

505      Student Scholastic Achievement
506      Student Records
507      Student Health and Well-Being
603.3   Special Education
708      Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records
901      Public Examination of School District Records

Adopted:
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:27

506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

506.1E2 - Request of NonParent for Examination or Copies of Student Records

See form attached

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:34

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

506.1E5 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records

To:  ___________________________________________________________     Date:  ________________________________
          Parent/or Guardian

Street Address:  _________________________________________________________________________________________
City/State:  _____________________________________________________  ZIP:  ___________________________________

Please be notified that copies of the [insert school district name]’s official education records concerning                                        , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:

________________________________________________________________     ____________________________________
School District Name                                                                                                    Address

upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.

 

If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here            and return this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.

 

If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.

                                                                                                                                     _____________________________________________
                                                                                                                                      (Name)

                                                                                                                                     _____________________________________________
                                                                                                                                      (Title)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:40

506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

506.1E6 - Letter to Parents Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena

Date

 

 

 

Dear     (Parent)    :

 

This letter is to notify you that the Algona Community School District has received a    (subpoena or court order) _ requesting copies of your child's education records.  The specific records requested are

                                                                                                                                                                        .

 

The school district has until   (date on subpoena or court order)   to deliver the documents to   (requesting party on subpoena or court order).  If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at   (phone #)    .

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

 

(Principal or Superintendent)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:45

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

506.1E7 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement

Statement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student's adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.

Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between Algona Community School District (hereinafter "School District") and Juvenile Court Services(hereinafter "Agencies").

Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38.

Parameters of Information Exchange:

  1. The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student's permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student.
  2. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
  3. Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
  4. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
  5. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
  6. Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
  7. This agreement only governs a school district's ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.  Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.

Records' Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.

Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student's parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law. 

Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.

Term: This agreement is effective from [insert date].

Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.

 

APPROVED:

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

Signature:  ____________________________________________     Address:  ____________________________________________________
Title:  ________________________________________________     City:  ________________________________________________________
Agency:  _____________________________________________     State:  _______________________     ZIP:  _________________________
Dated:  ______________________________________________     Phone Number:  _______________________________________________

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:47

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

506.1E8 - Annual Notice

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  They are:

  1. The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.

    Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The principal (or appropriate school official) will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.
     

  2. The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in -violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA.

    Parents or eligible students who wish to ask the school district to amend a record should write the school principal (or appropriate school official), clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it should be changed.

    If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.
     

  3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.

    One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel), a person serving on the school board; A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of the school who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of personally identifiable information from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist; a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.

    A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

    Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll, or is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes of the student’s enrollment or transfer.  (NOTE: FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request.)

  1. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA.  The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
                             Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
                             400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:51

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

506.1R1 - Use of Student Records Regulation

Student records are all official records, files, and data directly related to students, including all material incorporated into each student's cumulative record folder and intended for school use or to be available to parties outside the school or school system specifically including, but not necessarily limited to:  dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

 

The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from parents for access to their child's records, use of the data, and procedures for its transmittal within forty-five calendar days.

 

A.    Access to Records

  1. The parent or legal guardian of a student will have access to these records upon written request to the board secretary.

    The parent or legal guardian will, upon written request to the board secretary, have the opportunity to receive an interpretation of the records, have the right to question the data, and, if a difference of opinion is noted, is permitted to file a letter in the cumulative folder stating the dissenting person's position.  If further challenge is made to the record, the normal appeal procedures established by school policy will be followed.

    A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records.  Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.

  1. School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest.  A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks. 

B.    Release of Information Outside the School

  1. To release student records to other school(s) in which the student intends to enroll, the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student must be notified of the transfer and the kinds of information being released unless the school district annually notifies parents that the records will be sent automatically.
  1. Student records may be released to official education and other government agencies only if allowed by state or federal law.
  1. To release student records to other persons or agencies, written consent is given by the parent, legal guardian, or a student of majority age.  This consent form will state which records are released, to whom they are released, and the reason for the release.  A copy of the specific records being released will be made available to the person signing the release form if requested.
  1. Before furnishing student records in compliance with judicial orders or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, the school district will make a reasonable attempt to notify the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student are notified in advance.

   [5.  Student records may be shared with juvenile justice agencies with which the school district has an interagency agreement.  This information is shared without
         prior parental consent.  The agreement is a public document available for inspection.]

Hearing Procedures

  1. Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
  1. The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request.  The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
  1. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  1. The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues.  The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
  1. The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing.  The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
  1. The parents may appeal the hearing officers decision to the superintendent within 10 days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
  1. The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision, or the hearing officers decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within 10 days.  It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:54

506.2 - Student Directory Information

506.2 - Student Directory Information

Directory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information." The district has designated the following as “directory information”:

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs. 

Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child's information in the directory or in the general information about the students.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
20 U.S.C. § 1232g

34 C.F.R. § 99
Iowa Code § 22; 622.10
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720.

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 20:58

506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory Information

506.2E1 - Authorization of Releasing Student Directory Information

The Algona Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.  A copy of the school district's policy is available for review in the office of the Superintendent.

This law requires the school district to designate as "directory information" any personally identifiable information taken from a student's educational records prior to making such information available to the public.

The school district has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than, August 15, 20         of this school year.  If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.

 

If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RETURN THIS FORM

Algona Community School District

Parental Directions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for the

20     - 20      school year.

Student Name:_______________________________________

Date of Birth:_______________________________________

School:_____________________________________________                                                

Grade: ______________

 

_______________________________________________              ________________________

Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Student                Date

 

This form must be returned to your child’s school no later than August 15, 20   . Additional forms are available at the student’s school.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:00

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

506.2R1 - Use of Directory Information

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), a Federal law, requires that Algona School District, with certain exceptions, obtain your written consent prior to the disclosure of personally identifiable information from your child’s education records.  However, Algona School District may disclose appropriately designated “directory information” without written consent, unless you have advised the District to the contrary in accordance with District procedures.  The primary purpose of directory information is to allow the Algona School District to include this type of information from your child’s education records in certain school publications.  Examples include:

  • A playbill, showing your student’s role in a drama production;
  • The annual yearbook;
  • Honor roll or other recognition lists;
  • Graduation programs; and,
  • Sports activity sheets, such as for wrestling, showing weight and height of team members.

Directory information, which is information that is generally not considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if released, can also be disclosed to outside organizations without a parent’s prior written consent.  Outside organizations include, but are not limited to, companies that manufacture class rings or publish yearbooks.  In addition, two federal laws require local educational agencies (LEAs) receiving assistance under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA) to provide military recruiters, upon request, with the following information – names, addresses and telephone listings – unless parents have advised the LEA that they do not want their student’s information disclosed without their prior written consent. [1] 

If you do not want the Algona School District to disclose directory information from your child’s education records without your prior written consent, you must notify the District in writing by September 1st each year.  The objection must be renewed annually.  Algona School District has designated the following information as directory information: 

  • Student’s name
  • Address
  • Telephone listing
  • Electronic mail address
  • Photograph
  • Date and place of birth
  • Major field of study
  • Dates of attendance
  • Grade level
  • Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
  • Weight and height of members of athletic teams
  • Degrees, honors, and awards received
  • The most recent educational agency or institution attended
  • Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc.  (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)  

[1]  These laws are: Section 9528 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (20 U.S.C. § 7908) and 10 U.S.C. § 503(c).

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:01

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

506.4 - Student Library Circulation Records

Student library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries.  As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent.  Individuals who may access such records include a student's parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department.  Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student's library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student's parents.  Parents may not access records, without the student's permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.

It is the teacher-librarian's responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records.  Students' library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district.  If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher or teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232g (2012).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 99 (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 22 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (12).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 720, 825.

Adopted:
July 13, 2009

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:04

507 - Student Health and Well-Being

507 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:05

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

507.1 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates

Students desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district.  A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.

A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center.  Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent.  Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.

Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law.  The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so.  Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission.  Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission.  The district may conduct TB tests of current students.

Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law.  The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 280.13 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 33.5.
641 I.A.C. 7.

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975             

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:06

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

507.2 - Administration of Medication to Students

The board is committed to the inclusion of all students in the education program and recognizes that some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program.

Medication shall be administered when the student's parent or guardian (hereafter "parent") provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original, labeled container, either as dispensed or in the manufacturer's container.

When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by an authorized practitioner with the student and the student's parent.  Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication. A written statement by the student's parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.   By law, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto-injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency.   

Persons administering medication shall include authorized practitioners, such as licensed registered nurses and physician, and persons to whom authorized practitioners have delegated the administration of medication (who have successfully completed a medication administration course).  A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion shall be maintained by the school.

A written medication administration record shall be on file including:

•     date;

•     student’s name;

•     prescriber or person authorizing administration;

•     medication;

•     medication dosage;

•     administration time;

•     administration method;

•     signature and title of the person administering medication; and

•     any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.

Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.  Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.  Medication information shall be confidential information as provided by law

Disposal of unused, discontinued/recalled, or expired medication shall be in compliance with federal and state law. Prior to disposal school personnel shall make a reasonable attempt to return medication by providing written notification that expired, discontinued, or unused medications needs to be picked up. If medication is not picked up by the date specified, disposal shall be in accordance with the disposal procedures for the specific category of medication.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Disposing on Behalf of Ultimate Users, 79 Fed. Reg. 53520, 53546 (Sept. 9, 2014).

Iowa Code §§124.101(1); 147.107; 152.1; 155A.4(2); 280.16; 280.23.
281 IAC §41.404(3)
657 IAC §8.32(124); §8.32(155A).
655 IAC §6.2(152).

Date of Adoption:
August 11, 1975             

Date of Review:
August 8, 2022

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:08

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

507.2E1 - Authorization - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self-Administration Consent Form

_________________________________      ___/___/___   _________________  ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First)  (Middle)            Birthday                  School                   Date

The following must occur for a student to self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication or for a student with a risk of anaphylaxis to self-administer an epinephrine auto-injector:

  • Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
  • Parent/guardian provides a written statement from the student’s licensed health care professional (A person licensed under chapter 148 to practice medicine and surgery or osteopathic medicine and surgery, an advanced registered nurse practitioner licensed under chapter 152 or 152E and registered with the board of nursing, or a physician assistant licensed to practice under the supervision of a physician as authorized in chapters 147 and 148C) containing the following:
    • Name and purpose of the medication,
    • Prescribed dosage, and
    • Times or special circumstances under which the medication or epinephrine auto-injector is to be administered.
    • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
    • Authorization shall be renewed annually.  In addition, if any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.

Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, the school shall permit the self-administration of medication by a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease or the use of an epinephrine auto-injector by a student with a risk of anaphylaxis while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication or use of an epinephrine auto-injector by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication or an epinephrine  auto-injector by the student as provided by law.

 

                                                                                                                                               

Medication                  Dosage                        Route                                                  Time

 

                                                                                                                                                

Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions

                                                                                                            /           /          

Special Circumstances                                                            Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

 

                                                                                                            /     /      

Prescriber’s Signature                                                             Date

 

                                                                                                                                               

Prescriber’s Address                                                              Emergency Phone

 

  • I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
  • I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student's self-administration of medication
  • I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
  • I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
  • I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
  • I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
  • Student maintains self-administration record.

 

                                                                                                            /           /          

Parent/Guardian Signature                                                     Date

(agreed to above statement)                           

 

                                                                                                                                               

Parent/Guardian Address                                                       Home Phone

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                Business Phone

 

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information              

Reviewed: August 14, 2023                                     

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:10

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

507.2E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students

_________________________________                 ___/___/___     _________________  ___/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First),  (Middle)                      Birthday                   School                   Date

School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:

  • Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
  • The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer's labeled container.
  • The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
  • Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.

 

                                                                                                                                                             

Medication/Health Care                      Dosage                                    Route                          Time at School

 

                                                                                                                                               

                                                                                                                                                

Administration instructions

                                                                                                                                                

                                                                                                                                                

Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects

            /           /          

Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date

                                                                                                /           /          

Prescriber’s Signature                                                 Date

                                                                                                                                    

Prescriber's Address                                                   Emergency Phone

I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.

 

 

                                                                                                            /           /          

Parent's Signature                                                                   Date

                                                                                                                                    

Parent's Address                                                                     Home Phone

                                                                                                                                    

Additional Information                                                                       Business Phone

                                                                                                                                               

                       

                                                                                                                                               

 

                                                                                                                                               

Authorization Form

 

Reviewed: August 14, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:13

507.2E3 Administration of Medication to Students-Parental Authorization and Release form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication for Independent Delivery of Health Services by Student

507.2E3 Administration of Medication to Students-Parental Authorization and Release form for Independent Self Carry and Administration of Prescribed Medication for Independent Delivery of Health Services by Student

PARENTAL AUTHORIZATION AND RELEASE FORM FOR INDEPENDENT SELF CARRY AND

ADMINISTRATION OF PRESCRIBED MEDICATION O

R

INDEPENDENT DELIVERY OF HEALTH

SERVICES BY THE STUDENT

____________________________________/___/___

____________________/___/___

Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle)

Birthday

School

Date

I request the above named student (Parent/Guardian initial all that apply)

______ Carry and complete coadministration of prescribed medication, when competency has been demonstrated to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school. In accordance with applicable laws, students with asthma, airway constricting diseases, respiratory distress or students at risk of anaphylaxis who use epinephrine auto -injectors may self-administer their medication upon the written approval of the student’s parents and prescribing licensed health care professional regardless of competency. The information provided by the parent for medication administration is confidential as provided by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws. I agree to provide safe delivery of the medication to and from school and to pick up remaining medication at the end of the school year or when medication is expired. If the students abuses the self -administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed, after notification is provided to the student’s parent.

______________________________________________________________________________________

Prescribed Medication  Dosage Route Time at School

______ Co-administer, participate in planning, management and implementation of special health services at school and school activities after demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel working under the auspices of the school.The information provided by the parent for health service delivery is confidential as provide by the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and any other applicable laws. I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and the prescriber (if indicated) when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of the student’s equipment necessary for health service delivery to and from school and to pick up remaining equipment at the end of the school year.

Special Health Services Delivery:

__________________________________

Procedures for abandoned medication disposal shall be inaccordance with applicable laws.

Prescriber’s Signature:____________________________________

Date:__________________________________________________

and credentials (when indicated for health service delivery)

Parent/Guardian Signature:________________________________

Date:__________________________________________________

Parent/Guardian address:__________________________________

Home phone:___________________________________________

 

Adopted: August 14, 2023

Reviewed:

Revised:

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 11:08

507.3 - Communicable Diseases – Students

507.3 - Communicable Diseases – Students

Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees.  The term "communicable disease" will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.

Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district's bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan.  The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping.  This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.

The health risk to immunosupressed students is determined by their personal physician.  The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with students with a communicable disease.

For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site:  http://www.idph.state.ia.us/CADE/Default.aspx

 

 

Legal Reference:        
School Board of Nassau County v. Arline, 480 U.S. 273 (1987).

29 U.S.C. §§ 701 et seq. (2012).
45 C.F.R. Pt. 84.3 (2012).
Iowa Code ch. 139A.8 (2013).
641 I.A.C. 1.2-.5, 7.

Adopted:                                                        
October 10, 1988

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:15

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

507.4 - Student Illness or Injury at School

Students who become ill or are injured at school will be given first aid.  Whenever possible, parents will be notified by phone and instructions will be requested as to the disposal of the case.  When the parent has no telephone or cannot be reached, the ill or injured child shall be transported home, to the hospital, or to the doctor's office by a member of the school staff as deemed necessary.  A student accident report should be completed and submitted to the District office as soon as possible after the injury.

In cases of emergency, the pupil shall be transported to a hospital or a doctor's office by ambulance or other available types of transportation.  If possible, the family physician listed on the office records shall be contacted.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 613.17 (2013).

Adopted:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:17

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

507.5 - Emergency Plans and Drills

Students will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency.  Emergency drills for fire, weather, and other disasters are conducted each school year.  Fire and tornado drills are each conducted regularly during the academic school year with a minimum of two before December 31 and two after January 1.

Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures.  The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees.  Employees will participate in emergency drills.  Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 100.31 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 41.25(3).

Adopted:                                                                    
March 14, 2005

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:18

507.6 - Student Insurance

507.6 - Student Insurance

An all-pupil insurance and/or dental program may be offered to the parents of the pupils in the District.  The Board of Directors upon recommendation of the Superintendent of Schools shall select insurance companies to issue such policies for all schools in the District.

The purchase of pupil insurance shall be voluntary with the entire cost being paid by the student or the student's parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Adopted:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:19

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

507.7 - Custody and Parental Rights

Disagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district.  The school district will not take the "side" of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights.  Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district.  It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.

This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student's problems and concerns.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure employees remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 279.8; 710.6 (2013).

441 I.A.C. 9.2; 155; 175.

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:21

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

507.8 - Student Special Health Services

The board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day.  These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program. 

The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).

Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§ 1400 et seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.404(1)(f); (3)(f); 41.405

Approved:                                                      
March 14, 2005                                              

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:22

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

507.8R1 - Special Health Services Regulation

Some students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program.  These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.

 

A.    Definitions

"Assignment and delegation" - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services.  Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel.  Each designation considers the student's special health service.  The rationale for the designation is documented.  If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.

"Co-administration" - the eligible student's participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student's special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.

"Educational program" - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.

"Education team" - may include the eligible student, the student's parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student's educational program.

"Health assessment" - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student's educational program.

"Health instruction" - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student's health plan.  Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.

"Individual health plan" - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program.  It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies.  The plan is updated as needed and at least annually.  Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.

"Licensed health personnel" - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.

"Prescriber" - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.

"Qualified designated personnel" - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student's health plan.

“Special health services" - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:

  •     Interpretation or intervention,
  •     Administration of health procedures and health care, or
  • Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.

"Supervision"- the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel.  Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:

  • physically present.   
  • available at the same site.
  • available on call.

B.    Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school.  Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:

  • Participate as a member of the education team.
  • Provide the health assessment.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
  • Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
  • Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
  • Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student's parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
  • Maintain a record of special health services.  The documentation includes the eligible student's name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
  • Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
  • Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
  • Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.

C.    Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:

  • Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
  • Written statement by the student's parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
  • Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
  • Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.

D.    Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services.  The documented rationale will include the following:

  • Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
  • Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person's job description.
  • Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student's needs.
  • Review of the designated person's competency.
  • Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.

E.     Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.

F.     Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan.  Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.

G.    Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such.  The equipment is stored in a secure area.  The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan.  The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:24

507.9 - Wellness Policy

507.9 - Wellness Policy

The Algona Community School District Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.   

The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:  

The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:

  • Nutrition Education and Promotion:  Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
  • Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
  • Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle. 

The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:

  • Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
  • Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum.  This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
  • Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
  • Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutritional standards on campus during the school day.  

The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:

  • Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
  • Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
  • Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
  • Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.

42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
281 I.A.C. 12.5; 58.11.

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:27

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

507.9R1 - Wellness Regulation

Specific Wellness Goals:

  • Increase low fat/low sugar options on menus, ala carte and concession stands;
  • Gather appropriate information from health and fitness professionals within the school district and surrounding community for development of appropriate fitness, weight management, and healthy eating programs for staff. 
  • The nutrition guidelines for all foods available will focus on promoting student health and reducing childhood obesity in the school district.

 The school district will provide physical education that:

  • is daily (The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends at least 150 minutes a week for elementary students and 225 minutes a week for middle and high school students);
  • is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
  • is taught by a certified physical education teacher;
  • includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and,
  • engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.

Elementary schools should provide recess for students that:

  • is at least 20 minutes a day;
  • is preferably outdoors;
  • encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
  • discourages extended periods (i.e., periods of two or more hours) of inactivity.
  • when activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.
  • Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, pushups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.

In each school:

  • The principal will ensure compliance with those policies in the school and will report on the school’s compliance to the superintendent; and
  • Food service staff at the school district level will ensure compliance with nutrition policies within food service areas and will report on this matter to the superintendent or principal.
  • The school district will report on the most recent USDA School Meals Initiative (SMI) review findings and any resulting changes.   If the school district has not received a SMI review from the state agency within the past five years, the school district will request from the state agency that a SMI review be scheduled as soon as possible.
  • The superintendent will develop a summary report every three years on school district-wide compliance with the school district’s established nutrition and physical activity wellness policies, based on input from schools within the district; and
  • The report will be provided to the school board and also distributed to all school wellness committees, parent/teacher organizations, principals and health services personnel in the school district. To help with the initial development of  the school district’s wellness policies, each school in the  school district will conduct a baseline assessment of the school’s existing nutrition and physical activity environments and practices.  The results of those school-by-school assessments will be compiled at the school district level to identify and prioritize needs. Assessments will be repeated every two years to help review policy compliance, assess progress and determine areas in need of improvement.  As part of that review the school district will review the nutrition and physical activity policies and practices and the provision of an environment that supports healthy eating and physical activity.  The school district and individual schools within the school district will revise the wellness policies and develop work plans to facilitate their implementation.

REVIEW: January 10, 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:31

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters

508 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:29

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

508.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts

Student groups may make expenditures for gifts to the District upon securing the recommendation of the Principal and approval of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent).  Gifts may be accepted and acknowledged by the Superintendent or a designated representative acting for the Board of Directors.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 722.1, .2 (2013).

Approved:                 
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:29

508.2 - Open Night

508.2 - Open Night

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes the valuable student educational and recreational activities offered by local churches and other community organizations.  Therefore, in keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday night beyond 5:00 p.m. at the middle school level and beyond 6:00 p.m. at the high school level to the maximum extent possible.  It is the Board’s intent that middle school student practices for all activities be concluded by 5:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 5:30 p.m. and that high school student activities and practices are scheduled so that the high school student activity concludes at 6:00 p.m. so that the students are out of the building no later than 6:30 p.m.

The Sunday open gymnasium activity will be scheduled so as to minimize conflicts with other regularly scheduled Sunday activities involving students of the Algona Community School District. 

It shall be the responsibility of the various activity sponsors, coaches, athletic director, and building principals to oversee the scheduling of school activities to maintain maximum compliance with this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Adopted:                                                                                
July 12, 1999

Date of Review:
January 10, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:32

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:15

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program

600 - Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program

The goals and objectives of the school district are designed to achieve the philosophy statement of the school district.  An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.

Short-term and long-term objectives for the education program are established annually by the board.  These objectives will reflect the results of the needs assessment, recommendation of the advisory committee, recommendations from the superintendent, and changes in law.

Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward the achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program

 

 

Approved:                                          

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:39

601 - General Organization

601 - General Organization dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:42

601.1 - School Calendar

601.1 - School Calendar

The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district.  The school calendar is for a minimum of [180 days or 1080 hours] and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences.  Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet. 

The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23.  Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.

Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.

The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met.  The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.

The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program.  The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar. 
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy  and reflects Iowa law.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3; 299.1 (2).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.

Approved: 
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:42

601.2 - School Day

601.2 - School Day

The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period.  The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district.  Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time.  The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.

The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten.  The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.

The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day.  If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day.  Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.

When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 256.7, 279.8, .10 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.1(1), .1(7-10).

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:43

602 - Curriculum Development

602 - Curriculum Development dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:45

602.1 - Curriculum Development

602.1 - Curriculum Development

Curriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design.  Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline.  This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area).  Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students.

A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:

  • Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensures the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learnings for our students.
  • Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
  • Facilitates communication and coordination.
  • Improves classroom instruction.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:

  • Study the latest thinking, trends research and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
  • Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
  • Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
  • Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
  • Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Communicate with internal and external public regarding the content ara;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
  • Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level:
  • Ensure proposed curriculum complies with applicable laws;
  • Align annual improvement goals with needs assessment information.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress of each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.7, 279.8; 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Approved:
June 19, 1989

Reviewed:
November 14, 2022

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:45

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

602.2 - Curriculum Implementation

Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended.  How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.

Implementation refers to what actually happens in practice as distinct from what was supposed to happen.  Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level.  There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:

  • Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
  • Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.
  • Ensure the curriculum framework complies with applicable laws;
  • Provide professional development to staff to support effective curriculum implementation.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation.  A curriculum framework shall describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:

  • Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
  • Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources. (See Policy 605.1).
  • Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content.
  • Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
  • Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
  • Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
  • Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
  • Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
  • Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:48

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

602.3 - Curriculum Evaluation

Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.

Curriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do.  It refers to the full range of information gathered in the School District to evaluate student learning and program effectiveness in each content area.

Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning.  A curriculum framework shall describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum.  This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities.

  • Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
  • Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
  • Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
  • Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
  • Identify procedures for analyzing and intepreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (incouding analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
  • Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
  • Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
  • Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
  • Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
  • Define data reporting procedures;
  • Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
  • Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
  • Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
  • Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
  • Involve staff, parents, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
  • Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.
  • Ensure curriculum complies with applicable laws.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised or curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 216.9, 256.7, 279.8, 280.3 (2013).
281 I.A.C.  12.8.

Date of Adoption:
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:49

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

602.4 - Pilot - Experimental - Innovative Projects

The board welcomes new ideas in curriculum.  Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent.  Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board.  Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.

Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents' written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program.  A research or experimental program or project requiring parents' prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques.  These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs.  The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project.  The inspection and review by the parents is in accordance with board policy 605.2, "Instructional Materials Inspection."

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. § 1232h (2010).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 98 (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .10; 280.3 (20113).
281 I.A.C. 12.5, .8.

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:51

603 - Instructional Curriculum

603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:53

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

603.2 - Summer School Instruction

The Algona Community School District recognizes the importance of ongoing learning opportunities for students. As such, the district shall offer summer school instruction in accordance with the following:

  • The board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district's budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
  • If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
  • In additional instances as provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .11, .68; 280.3; 282.6 (2015).

Iowa Admin. Code. r. 281—41.106 (2015).

Approved: 
October 12, 2015                               

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:55

603.3 - Special Education

603.3 - Special Education

The board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students.  The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education.  The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.  Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.  The appropriate education for each student is written in the student's Individualized Education Program (IEP).

Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.

Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system.  The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2.  This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Board of Education v. Rowley, 458 U.S. 176 (1982).

Springdale School District #50 v. Grace, 693 F.2d 41 (8th Cir. 1982).
Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public
Instruction, 285 N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979).
20 U.S.C. §§1400 et seq. (2010).
34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 256.11(7); 256B; 273.1, .2, .5, .9(2)-(3); 280.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.109; 41.404

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:56

603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair Education

603.4 - Multicultural Gender Fair Education

Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their race, religion, creed, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability.

The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.  The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society.  Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European-Americans, and persons with disabilities.  It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 256.11 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(8).

Approved:    
July 3, 2013

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:58

603.5 - Health Education

603.5 - Health Education

Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases.  The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being.

The areas stated above are included in health education and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.

Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction.  The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent.  The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.
 

NOTE:  This is a mandatory policy and reflects the educational standards.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 80; 280.3-.14.
281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Approved:
June 18, 1990

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 August 14, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 21:59

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse Form

603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Excuse Form

Student Name:  _____________________________________________  Grade:  ________________

 

Parent/Guardian:  ___________________________________________  Phone #:  _______________

 

Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught.  An example is provided for you to follow.

 

                            Objective                                                                            Class / Grade

 

       Ex.      To understand the consequences of                                                 Health Education / 6

                  responsible and irresponsible sexual

                  behavior.

 

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

4.

 

5.

 

6.

 

7.

 

8.

 

I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught.  I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.

 

Signed:  ______________________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________________
                (Parent or Guardian)

Signed:  ______________________________________________________________  Date:  ____________________________
                (School Administrator)

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:01

603.6 - Physical Education

603.6 - Physical Education

Students in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.

Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student's religious beliefs.

Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:

  • the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
  • the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.
  • The student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly; or
  • The student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corps

Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student's absence from school.

Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 256.11 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5.

Approved:          
August 9, 2021

Date of Review:          
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:04

603.7 - Career Education

603.7 - Career Education

Preparing students for careers is one goal of the education program.  Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve.  This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program.  Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature.  The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 280.9 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(7).

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:05

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

603.8 - Teaching About Religion

The school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum.  The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum.  Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keep with the following guidelines:

  • the proposed activity must have secular purpose;
  • the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
  • the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.

 

Legal Reference:

  • U.S. Const. amend. I.
  • Lee v. Weisman. 112 S. Ct. 2649 (1992).
  • Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
  • Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F Supp. 531  (S.D. Iowa 1985).
  • Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 280.6.

 

Approved: 
January 9, 2023

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

jcarter@algona… Thu, 02/02/2023 - 11:51

603.9 - Academic Freedom

603.9 - Academic Freedom

The board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view.  Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods.  Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.

It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .6 (2013).

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:06

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues

A "controversial issue" is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.

It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.

It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student's relationship with the teacher.

It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.

The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:07

603.10 - Global Education

603.10 - Global Education

Because of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual's self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. 

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(11).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 19, 1989                                                             

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:08

603.11 - Citizenship

603.11 - Citizenship

Being a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.

As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community.  As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 12.5(3)(b)-(5)(b).

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:09

604 - Alternative Programs

604 - Alternative Programs dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:11

604.1 - Private Instruction

604.1 - Private Instruction

The Algona Community School District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. The applicable legal requirements for private instruction, including, but not limited to those relating to reporting and evaluations for progress, shall be followed.

Except as otherwise exempted, in the event a child of compulsory attendance age as defined by law does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the child must receive private instruction. Private instruction means instruction using a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school.

Private instruction can take the form of competent private instruction and independent private instruction. The Iowa Department of Education recognizes three options for delivery of this form of instruction: two options for delivery of competent private instruction and one option for independent private instruction.

Competent private instruction means either private instruction provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven days each school quarter, by or under supervision of a licensed practitioner which results in the student making adequate progress; or private instruction provided by a parent, guardian, or legal custodian.  Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. 

Independent private instruction means instruction that meets the following criteria: (i) is not accredited, (ii) enrolls not more than four unrelated students, (iii) does not charge tuition, fees, or other remuneration for instruction, (iv) provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose, (v) provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies, (vi) provides, upon written request from the superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided, or from the director of the department of education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled, (vii) is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein, and (viii) is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board, or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 299, 299A.

281 I.A.C. 31.

Approved:
January 13, 1992

Reviewed:
August 9, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:11

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes some students require qualitative differentiated programming beyond the regular education program.  The Board shall identify students with special abilities and provide educational programming.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a talented and gifted program.

It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation and for training of School District personnel.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.42-.49 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(12); 59.

Date of Adoption:                                                                              
June 19, 1989                                                               

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:13

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program.  The Board shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee to develop a program for students at risk.

It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of school district personnel.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.38-.41; 280.19, .19A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.5(13); 33; 65.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
June 19, 1989

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:14

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

604.5 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent.  The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest. Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations.  Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.

In notifying the superintendent, the parents will abide by the following:

  • The notice is in writing;
  • The objection is based on religious beliefs;
  • The objection will state which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
  • The objection will state why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
  • The objection will state a proposed alternate activity or study.

The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination.  The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.
 

 

Date of Adoption:                                                      
January 9, 2023

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

jcarter@algona… Thu, 02/02/2023 - 12:08

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

604.6 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution

In accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions.  Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law.  The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:    

Concurrent Enrollment
The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district. Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit. Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law.  Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law.  However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements. 

Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.   

Post-Secondary Enrollment Option
Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program.  To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of: mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education.  A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district.  In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO.  Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student.  

The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250.  Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit.  The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.   

Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course.  Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course.  However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.    

Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum.  Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit.  Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.    

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.11, .11A; 261E.6, E.7,; 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12, 22.

Approved:                                                                  
March 13, 1989                                                          

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

July 10, 2023

 

Revised:

July 10, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:15

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

604.7 - Dual Enrollment

The parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy.  The student is considered under dual enrollment.  The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district.  On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating.  The forms are available at the central administration office.

A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district.  The policies and administrative rules of the school district shall apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the school district.  These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.

A dual enrollment student or the student's parent, guardian, legal or actual custodian will not be responsible for the cost of the student's annual evaluation.

the applicable legal required for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting eligibility, shall be followed.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

It is the responsibility of the dual enrollment student to inform the school district of the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student wishes to participate.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 299A.

281 I.A.C. 31.

Date of Adoption:                                                      
January 13, 1992

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:16

604.8 - Foreign Exchange Students

604.8 - Foreign Exchange Students

Foreign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization.  Foreign students must be approved by the board.  The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.  Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:

  • The student resided with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
  • The student is in the United Sates with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
  • The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and, 
  • The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.

It is the policy of the Algona Community School District that foreign exchange students are not eligible to receive a diploma, be eligible to graduate from, or participate in graduation while attending the Algona Community School District.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:18

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

604.9 - Home School Assistance Program

The Board of Directors, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a Home School Assistance Program.  This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.

The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the Home School Assistance Program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.

Students registered for the Home School Assistance Program will be counted in the basic enrollment.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent or designee to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 299A (2013).

281 I.A.C. 31.

Approved:                                                                  
February 14, 1994                                                      

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:19

605 - Instructional Materials

605 - Instructional Materials dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 01/22/2020 - 22:20

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection

The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district.  This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district. The Superintendent will provide licensed employees the necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws. All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws. 

In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.

In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent.  The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks.  The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks.  Textbooks are reviewed as needed and at least every seven (7) years.

Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above.  The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Reviewed:
December 12, 2022

August 14, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 09:39

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

605.1R1 - Selection of Instructional Materials

I.      Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials

 

      A.  The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Algona Community School District.

      B.  The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.  For the purpose of this rule the term "instructional materials" includes printed and multimedia materials (not equipment), whether considered text materials or library materials.  The board retains the final authority for the approval of textbooks.

      C.  While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, teacher-librarian, students, parents, and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees. 

      D.  Responsibility for coordinating the selection of text materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.  For the purpose of this rule the term 'text materials' includes textbooks and other printed and nonprinted material provided in multiple copies for use of a total class or major segment of a class.

       E.  If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.

             1.  The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.
             2.  The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:

                      Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials.  Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.

                     Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews.  The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.

                     Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context.  The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.

                    Your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.

II.    Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:

      A.  Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner.  The primary source material of the major religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.                

      B.  Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual.

     C.  Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of men and women without preference or bias.

     D.  Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.

     E.  Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present.  This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is
          related to the maturity level of the intended audience.

     F.  Profanity and Sex - Material is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.

     G.  Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.

The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.

These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.

III.   Procedure for Selection

    A.  Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board.  The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.

         1.  The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district.  Specifically, the goals are:
               a.  To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
               b.  To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
               c.  To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
               d.  To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;   
               e.  To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
               f.   To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;
               g.  To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,
               h.  To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.

       2.  Materials selected is consistent with stated principles of selection.  These principles are:
              a.   To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
              b.   To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
              c.   To present the sexual, racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:
                     1.   Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.
                     2.   Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.
                     3.   Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.
                     4.   Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.
              d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,
              e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.

       3.  The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria.  These criteria are:
             a.   Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
             b.   Reliability:
                   1.   Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.
                   2.   Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
             c.   Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
             d.   Language:
                   1.   Vocabulary:
                         a.   Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;
                         b.   Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.
                   2.   Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.
             e.   Format:
                   1.   Book
                         a.   Adequate and accurate index;
                         b.   Paper of good quality and color;
                         c.   Print adequate and well spaced;
                         d.   Adequate margins;
                         e.   Firmly bound; and,
                         f.    Cost.
                   2.   Nonbook
                         a.   Flexibility, adaptability;
                         b.   Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
                         c.   Appropriate for audience;
                         d.   Accurate authoritative presentation;
                         e.   Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
                         f.    Durability; and,
                         g.   Cost.
                   3.   Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:
                         a.   Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.
                         b.   Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
                         c.   Contain pertinent and effective illustrations.
                   4.   Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.
            f.    Special Features:
                  1.   Bibliographies.
                  2.   Glossary.
                  3.   Current charts, maps, etc.
                  4.   Visual aids.
                  5.   Index.
                  6.   Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.
                  7.   Provide a variety of learning skills.
            g.   Potential use:
                  1.   Will it meet the requirement of reference work?
                  2.   Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?
                  3.   Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?
                  4.   Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?
                  5.   Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?
                  6.   Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?
                  7.   Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interests?
                  8.   Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?
                  9.   Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?
     
            10. Does it inspire learning?
                  11. Is it relevant to the subject?
                  12. Will it stimulate a student's interest?
     4.   Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials.  The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.

  1. In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use.  The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.

Approved:
November 14, 2022

Reviewed:

August 14, 2023

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 09:41

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection

Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students.  All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents. 

Parents and guardians of students will be provided view-only access to select instructional materials. Select instructional and library materials include:

  • A catalog of books available in the school library;
  • Electronic textbooks and core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary and secondary school instruction, and are required by the classroom teacher for use by students;
  • Relevant portions of required printed textbooks and materials, if it is practical for district staff to digitize and upload;
  • Any other materials as determined by the classroom teacher.

The instructional materials must be viewed on school district premises.  Copies may be obtained according to board policy.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L.

No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Adopted: 
July 13, 2009

Reviewed:
November 14, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:26

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials

Members of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials.

Parents or guardians or students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to check out certain library materials.

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Date of Adoption:
September 18, 1989

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:28

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee

The policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district's education program.  This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known.  The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make an informed recommendation on the challenge.  The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.

The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee's credibility in the community.  For this purpose, the committee is composed of community members.  The community should not, therefore, infer that the committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions.  For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.

The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum.  Material is purchased to meet a need.  It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase.  It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination.  The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for agreement.  The committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.

If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint.  The committee will listen to the complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons.  In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation.  Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so.  Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome.  It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation.  To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.

The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations.  In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves.  Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards.  The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material.  The question to be answered by the committee is, "Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?"

The committee's final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.

The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee's recommendation to the office of the superintendent.  The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based.  A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:34

605.3E3 - Sample Letter To Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

605.3E3 - Sample Letter To Individual Challenging Instructional Materials

Dear:

We recognize your concern about the use of                                                      in our school district.  The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.

To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the school district's:

  1.    Instructional goals and objectives,
  2.    Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and
  3.    Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.

If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me.  You may be assured of prompt attention to your request.  If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.

 

Sincerely,

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:48

605.3E4 -- Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials

605.3E4 -- Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials

REQUEST TO PROHIBIT A STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT SPECIFIC LIBRARY MATERIALS

Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain library materials to be submitted to the superintendent.  Please complete one form per student.

REQUEST INITIATED BY DATE____________

Name_______________________________________________________________________

Address_____________________________________________________________________

City/State_______________________Zip Code_________________Telephone_____________

Name of affected Student________________________________________________________

Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)______________________

BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

Author_____________________Harcover__________Paperback___________Other________

Title_________________________________________________________________________

Publisher (if known)____________________________________________________________

Date of Publication_____________________________________________________________

MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM CHECKING OUT:

Title_________________________________________________________________________

Producer (if known)____________________________________________________________

Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)_______________________________________

 

____________________________________    ______________________________________

Dated Signature

 

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

jcarter@algona… Mon, 11/28/2022 - 09:01

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation

A.         A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly  qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process.  School employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.

 

1.    The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff.  Often this will be the classroom teacher.

 

2.     The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional or library materials will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level.  The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.

a.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.

b.    The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use.  In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.

c.    The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received.  Schools officials will offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.

 

B.    Request for Reconsideration

 

    1.    A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program.  This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.

    

    2.    Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Forms.  

 

    3.    The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or library material is being challenged.  The Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal.  

 

    4.    The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.

    5.   The Superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.

 

    6.   The committee will make their recommendation to the Superintendent within five school days of meeting.

 

    7.   The Superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation.  A copy of the Superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.

 

    8.   An appeal of the Superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the Superintendent’s decision.  The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the Superintendent’s decision, whichever is later.  If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the Superintendent.  The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.

 

    9.   Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process.  However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.6.d. of this rule.

 

   10. The Reconsideration Committee

               a.   The reconsideration committee is made up of eight members.

                           (1) One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.

                           (2) One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.

                           (3) One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.

                           (4) Three members of the community appointed annually, as needed, by the board.

                           (5) Two high school students, selected annually by the high school principal.

 

               b.   The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.

 

               c.   The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.

 

               d.   Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances.  A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.

 

               e.   The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws.  Notice of the committee meeting is made public through appropriate communication methods as required by law.

 

               f.    The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.

 

               g.   The committee will determine its agenda for the meeting which may include the following:

                          (1) Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.

                          (2)    An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.

                          (3)    Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.

                          (4)    Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.

                 h.    The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views.  The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee. 

                  i.    The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material.  The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use.  The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate attendance centers.

                  j.    The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process.  The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.

                  k.    Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review.  

                   l.    A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.

                  m.    Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered.  

                   n.    If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges, or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same materials.  Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.

 

 

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 10:49

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials

The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program.  The board encourages employees to investigate economical ways to utilize multi-media, computers, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually.  The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12), 12.5(4), .5(10).

Approved:                                                                  
June 19, 1989                                                             

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:13

605.5 - School Library

605.5 - School Library

The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.

Materials for the libraries will be acquired according to board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection."  The District may provide access to all parents and guardians of students enrolled in the district an online catalog of all books available to students in the school libraries.  This access will be displayed on the school district's website.  Any challenges to library materials will be handled following the process for handling challenges to instructional and library materials as established in board policy.

It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 279.8; 280.14; 301 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(11), (12).

Date of Adoption:                                                      
July 10, 1989

Date of Review:
November 14, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:15

605.6 - Internet Appropriate Use

605.6 - Internet Appropriate Use

Policy 605.06: Internet - Appropriate Use

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 02/11/2013 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

The district recognizes the importance of developing students into agile learners who are capable of addressing the complex needs of our future workforce. For this reason, the district has prioritized making available technology and programs that teach students to embrace modern technology and tools while fostering a secure learning environment for students to the extent reasonable. Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students. Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. Students may be permitted to use district-issued email addresses and Internet-based collaboration software to send and receive messages at school. 

The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees. It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information. Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information which may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. 

The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age-appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to: 

  • The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth in the this policy and regulation;
  • Student safety with regard to:
    • safety on the Internet.
    • appropriate behavior while online, on social networking websites, and
    • in chat rooms; and
    • cyberbullying awareness and response.
  • Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act

Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.

In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate. 
 

Note:  This is a mandatory policy.  Parents must give permission to allow their children to access the internet according to the policy language; and districts are obligated to provide education/training on the safe use of the internet for students.

 

Legal Reference:

47 C.F.R 54.520
Iowa Code § 279.8 

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations

Description

47 C.F.R. 54.520

Communications - Children's Internet Protection Act

Cross References

Code

Description

104

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104-R(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures

104-E(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form

104-E(2)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form

104-E(3)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form

604.10

Online Courses

604.11

Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

605.05

School Library

605.07

Use of Information Resources

605.07-R(1)

Use of Information Resources - Regulation

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:40

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

605.6E1 - Internet Access Permission Letter to Parents

Your child has access to the Internet.  The vast domain of information contained within Internet's libraries can provide unlimited opportunities to students.

Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses will be issued to students at this time.  If a student already has an electronic mail address, he/she will not be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.

Students will be expected to abide by the following network etiquette:

  • The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  Students will abide by the polices and procedures of these other networks.
  • Students will respect all copyright and license agreements.
  • Students will cite all quotes, references, and sources.
  • Students will only remain on the system long enough to get needed information.
  • Students will apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
  • Student access for electronic mail will be through their individual school account.  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
     - 
    Others may be able to read or access the mail, so private messages should not be sent.
     - Delete unwanted messages immediately.
     - 
    Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
     - 
    Always sign messages.
     - 
    Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.
  • Students accessing Internet services that have a cost involved will be responsible for payment of those costs.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Please sign the form if you would like your child to be granted Internet access and return the permission form to your child's school.

Student Name: _______________________________________________________________     Grade:  _______________________________

School:  _____________________________________________________________________     Date:  ________________________________

                                                                                                                  ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                          (Parent or Guardian Signature)

If you have granted your child Internet access, please have them respond to the following:

 

I have read the expected network etiquette and agree to abide by these provisions.  I understand that violation of these provisions may constitute suspension or revocation of Internet privileges.

 

I agree to be responsible for payment of costs incurred by accessing any Internet services that have a cost involved.

                                                                                                                  ___________________________________________________________
                                                                                                                          (Student Signature)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 11:47

605.6E2 - Internet Access Appropriate Use Violations Notice

605.6E2 - Internet Access Appropriate Use Violations Notice

Student:  _________________________________________________________________________

Teacher:  _________________________________________________________________________

Date:  ____________________________________________________________________________

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in the school's discipline policy or student handbook or to the following consequences:

__________  First Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material. He/she has lost Internet access for a period of ten
                      (10) school days.

__________  Second Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material for a second time.  As a consequence of this
                      violation the above student has lost Internet access for a period of ninety (90) days.

__________  Third Offense:

                      The above student has violated the Student Internet Policy by intentionally accessing restricted material for a third time.  As a consequence of this violation
                      the above student has forfeited all Internet privileges for a period of one hundred eighty (180) school days, or the balance of the school year.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 12:00

605.6R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

605.6R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use Regulation

 

Regulation 605.06-R(1): Internet - Appropriate Use - Regulation

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 02/11/2013 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

I. Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.

  1. The authority for appropriate use of electronic Internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees.  
     
  2. Instruction in the proper use of the Internet will be available to licensed employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.
     
  3. Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the Internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, discharge.

II. Internet Access.

  1. Access to the Internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.
     
  2. Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers.  Individual Internet-based collaboration software student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students.
     
    1. Making Internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students.  However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials.  Because information on the Internet appears, disappears, and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.
    2. It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to rich opportunities on the Internet, while we protect the rights of students and parents who choose not to risk exposure to questionable material.
    3. The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical, and legal utilization of network resources.
    4. To promote accountability users may use real-time conference features such as talk/chat/Internet relay chat only as approved by the supervising teacher.
    5. Transmission of material, information, or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is prohibited.
    6. System users will follow district cybersecurity policy and procedures to ensure network security.
    7. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.    

III. Student Use of Internet.

  1. Equal Opportunity - The Internet is available to all students within the school district through teacher access.  
     
  2. On-line Protocol.
     
    1. The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations.  As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks.  Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures.  It is the user's responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.
    2. Students should adhere to on-line protocol:
      1. Respect all copyright and license agreements.
      2. Cite all quotes, references and sources.
      3. Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.
      4. Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
    3. Student access for electronic mail will be through (the supervising teacher's account/their own account).  Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
      1. Others may be able to read or access the mail so private messages should not be sent.
      2. Delete unwanted messages immediately.
      3. Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
      4. Always sign messages.

 

  1. Restricted Material - Students will not intentionally access or download any text file or picture or engage in any conference that includes material which is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law; constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others; or presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.
     
  2. Unauthorized Costs - If a student gains access to any service via the Internet which has a cost involved or if a student incurs other types of costs, the student accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.

IV. Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.

Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in board policy or regulations or the following consequences:

  1. First Violation - A verbal and written "Warning" notice will be issued to the student.  The student may lose Internet access for a period of 10 days at the discretion of the supervising teacher.  A copy of the notice will be mailed to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal.
     
  2. Second Violation - A verbal and written "Second Violation" notice will be issued to the student.  A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parents and a copy provided to the building principal.  The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for a minimum period of 90 days.
     
  3. Third Violation - A verbal and written "Third Violation" notice will be issued to the student.  A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parents and a copy provided to the building principal.  The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for 180 days or for the balance of the school year.

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations

Description

47 C.F.R. 54.520

Communications - Children's Internet Protection Act

Cross References

Code

Description

104

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104-R(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures

104-E(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form

104-E(2)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form

104-E(3)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form

604.10

Online Courses

604.11

Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

605.05

School Library

605.07

Use of Information Resources

605.07-R(1)

Use of Information Resources - Regulation

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 12:03

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

605.7 - Use of Information Resources

In order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources.  In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes.  Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the "fair use" doctrine.  Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met. 

While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district's copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law.  In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly.  The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students.  Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination.  Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.

Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it.  Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed.  The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.

Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district's procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the teacher-librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the teacher-librarian, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal References:      
17 U.S.C. § 101 et al. (2012)

281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).

Adopted:                                                        
July 13, 2009 

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:41

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation

Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the teacher-librarian.  Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.

Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research.  Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:

  • Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
  • Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
  • Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
  • Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:

  • Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
  • Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
  • Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
  • Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures.  While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented6

In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:

  • A chapter from a book;
  • An article from a newspaper or periodical;
  • A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
  • A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.

A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines.  Each copy must include a notice of copyright.

  • Brevity
    • A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
    • Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
    • Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
    • One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied.  “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose.  Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
  • Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
  • Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made.  No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term.  Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.

Copying Limitations

Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited.  In those circumstances, the teacher-librarian should be contacted.  The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:

  • Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
  • Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
  • Employees shall not:
  • Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
  • Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
  • Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
  • Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright.  The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
  • Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
  • Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library

A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:

  • An unpublished work in its collection;
  • A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
  • A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision.  Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.

A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying.  The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price.  In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied.  In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research.  Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works

Teachers may:

  • Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;  
  • Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
  • In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
  • Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
  • Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
  • Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted.  Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.

Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting.  The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment. 

Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:

  • The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
  • None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
  • Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.

All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner.  Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.

Recording of Copyrighted Programs

Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording.  Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately.  Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher librarian or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.

Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period.  Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests.  No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast.  A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers.  Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.

After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum.  Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.

Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content.  Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations.  All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.

Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software

Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices.  To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs.  To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect: 

  • All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
  • Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
  • A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged.  If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
  • A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the, technology coordinator; and,
  • A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language.  The adapted program may not be distributed.

Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia

Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects. 

Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities.  These projects may be used:

  • In face-to-face instruction;
  • In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
  • In assignments to students;
  • For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
  • Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
  • In their personal portfolios.

Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.

The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:

  • Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
  • Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
  • Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology.  For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;

Use of Information Resources Regulation

  • Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds.  No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
  • Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
  • Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;

Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials.  Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online.  The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:43

606 - Instructional Arrangements

606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:48

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

606.1 - Class Size - Class Grouping

The size of each class shall depend upon the type of instruction needed to assist each student to develop individual academic and occupational capacities to the utmost.  Effective staff utilization shall also be considered in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.

The Superintendent of Schools with the administrative staff are responsible to make recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding class size and are further instructed and directed to investigate new approaches and techniques in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:48

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

606.2 - School Ceremonies and Observances

SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES

The school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program.  These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances.  Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.

The district will provide and maintain a suitable flagstaff at each school site and raise the Iowa and United States flags each school day as weather conditions permit.  The district will display the United States flag and administer the Pledge of Allegiance in each 1st through 12th grade classroom on school days.

Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:
U.S. Const. amend. I.
Lee v. Weisman, 112 S.Ct. 2649 (1992).
Lemon v. Kurtzman, 403 U.S. 602 (1971).
Graham v. Central Community School District of Decatur County, 608 F.Supp. 531 (S.D. Iowa 1985).
Iowa Code § 279.8, 280.5.

 

Cross Reference: 603 Instructional Curriculum
604.5 Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program

 

Approved:  September 13, 2021

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

jcarter@algona… Mon, 09/20/2021 - 14:25

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

606.5 - Student Field Trips and Excursions

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that a properly planned, well-conducted and carefully supervised field trip is a vital part of the curriculum of any classroom.  As such, student trips of significant educational value are to be encouraged.

Field trips shall have the approval of the building principal in advance of the trip.  Consent of the pupils' parent or guardian is required in advance of any excursion involving the use of public or private transportation services.

Any field trips or educational experience of more than two nights duration must have administrative and Board approval 60 days prior to the trip.  An appropriate application procedure shall be provided by the administration.  Staff members shall discuss any extended trip plans with the building principal prior to any planning with the students involved.

Activities sponsored by the official Iowa activity organizations are exempt from the aforementioned procedure, i.e., state tournaments, speech contests, etc.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
390 C.F.R. Pt. 390.3(f) (2012).

Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 43.9.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:49

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

606.6 - Insufficient Classroom Space

Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis.  In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.

This policy is reviewed by the board annually.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 282.18(13) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 17.6(3).

Approved:

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:51

607 - Instructional Services

607 - Instructional Services dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:52

607.1 - Student Gudance and Counseling Program

607.1 - Student Gudance and Counseling Program

The board will provide a student guidance and counseling program.  The guidance counselor will be certified with the Iowa Department of Education and hold the qualifications required by the board.  The guidance and counseling program will serve grades kindergarten through twelve.  The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development.  The program is coordinated with the education program and will involve licensed employees.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 280.14; 622.10 (2013).

281 I.A.C. 12.3(11).

Approved:
August 11, 1975

Date of Review:
January 9, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:52

607.2 - Student Health Services

607.2 - Student Health Services

Health services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance.  Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being.  Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers.  The school district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs, and resources determine the linkages.

Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.

  • Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided.  Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.

  • Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening.

  • Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services.  Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.

The superintendent, in conjunction with the (school nurse, health advisory committee, public health nurse, school health team, etc.) will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
No Child Left Behind, Title II, Sec. 1061, P.L. 107-110 (2002).

42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et  seq. (2012).
34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq. (2012)
29 U.S.C. § 794(a)(2012)
28 C.F.R. 35
20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 280.23 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8; 41.404(1)(g); 41.405(2).
282 I.A.C. 15.3(14); 22.
641 I.A.C. 7.
655 I.A.C. 6, 6.3(1), 6.3(6), 6.6(1), 7.

Approved:                                                                  
December 14, 1992                                                    

Reviewed:
August 8, 2022

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:54

607.2R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

607.2R1 - Student Health Services Regulation

I.  Student Health Services  - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program within comprehensive school improvement based on its
    unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education
    program.

Supports to improve student achievement include:

  • qualified health personnel
  • school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively
  • family and community involvement
  • optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement

Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:

  • health services
  • nutrition
  • healthy, safe environment
  • staff wellness
  • health education
  • physical education and activity
  • counseling, psychological, and social services
  • family and community innvolement

Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.

II.  Student Health Services Essential Functions

     A.  Identify student health needs:

  1.  Provide individual initial and annual health assessments
  2.  Provide needed health screenings
  3.  Maintain and update confidential health records
  4.  Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws

     B.  Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:

  1. Link students to community resources and monitor follow through
  2. Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics
  3. Encourage appropriate use of heath care

     C.  Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:

  1. Manage chronic and acute illnesses
  2. Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel
  3. Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
  4. Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury
  5. Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations
  6. Promote optimal mental health
  7. Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment
  8. Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant

     D.  Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:

  1. Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups
  2. Encourage injury and disease prevention practices
  3. Promote personal and public health practices
  4. Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education

     E.  Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:

  1. Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance
  2. Establish health advisory council and school health team
  3. Develop health procedures and guidelines
  4. Collaborate with staff, families, and community
  5. Maintain and update confidential student school health records
  6. Coordinate program with all school health components
  7. Coordinate with school improvement
  8. Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs
  9. Organize scheduling and direct health services staff
  10. Develop student health services annual status report
  11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents
  12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners
  13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff

III.  Expanded Health Services

These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 17:55

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS BUSINESS SERVICES

700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS BUSINESS SERVICES jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 13:15

700 - Purpose of NonInstructional and Business Services

700 - Purpose of NonInstructional and Business Services

This series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district's noninstructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program.  These noninstructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and child care.  The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional noninstructional services to support the education program.

The Board of Directors (Board) recognizes that its primary purpose is to provide the highest quality of educational programs possible within the financial ability of the District and that it has a definite responsibility to the citizens of the district for the efficient use of public funds.  It is, therefore, the recognized responsibility of the Board to determine guidelines for effective expenditures and for reporting to the public.

The Board shall direct the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) to submit an annual budget for its approval.   After final adoption of the budget document, by the official action of the Board, the budget shall be a guide for the use of funds and the Superintendent and delegated representatives shall be authorized to administer the specific expenditures approved by adoption of the budget.

It shall be the philosophy of the Board that all aspects of the educational program worthy of inclusion in the total program shall be worthy of financial support within the limits of the financial capabilities of the District.

It is the goal of the board to provide noninstructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.

 

 

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:

June 12, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
June 10, 1985
December 12, 1994
November 18, 1997
August 14, 2000
November 14, 2016

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:11

701 - Fiscal Management

701 - Fiscal Management dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:13

701.03 Financial Records

701.03 Financial Records

Policy 701.03: Financial Records

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 03/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 01/10/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 01/10/2024

 

 

Financial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law.  School district monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account.  The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:

Governmental Fund Type

  • General Fund  - This fund is the chief operating fund of the district. It is used to account for all financial resources except those accounted for and reported in another fund.
  • Special Revenue Fund - These funds account for the proceeds of specific revenue sources other than trusts or major capital projects, that are legally restricted or committed to expenditure for specified purposes other than debt service or capital projects.   
    • Management Levy Fund
    • Public Education and Recreation Levy Fund (PERL)
    • Student activity Fund
  • Capital Projects Fund - These funds are used to account for financial resources to acquire or construct major capital facilities or other capital assets (other than those of proprietary funds and trust funds) and to account for revenues from SAVE.
    • Physical Plant and Equipment Levy Fund (PPEL)
    • Secure and Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)
  • Debt Service Fund – This fund is used to account for the accumulation of resources for, and the payment of, general long-term debt principal and interest.  

Proprietary Fund Type – These funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business for which a fee is charged to external users for goods or services, or they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis.  

  • Enterprise Fund
    • School Nutrition Fund
    • Child Care Fund
    • Internal Service Fund
    • Community Education
    • Preschool (nonvoluntary, state)

Fiduciary Funds-These funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity.   

  • Trust
    • Expendable Trust Funds
    • Nonexpendable Trust Funds
    • Pension Trust Funds
  • Custodial Funds 

Non-Fiduciary Scholarship Fund

Account Groups- The groups are the accounting records for capital assets and long-term debt.

  • General capital assets account group
  • General long-term debt account group

The board may establish other funds in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and may certify other taxes to be levied for the funds as provided by state law.  The status of each fund must be included in the annual report. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent in conjunction with the school business official to implement this policy and bring necessary changes in the maintenance of the school district's financial records to the attention of the board.

 

NOTE: The list of funds above does not include the "Library levy fund," which is only available to one school district.  The school district eligible to levy the library levy must add this fund to its policy. 

 

 

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§291; 298; 298A.
281 I.A.C. 98

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 291

Board Officers

Iowa Code  § 298A

School District Fund Structure

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

281 I.A.C. 98

Education - Categorical Funding

Cross References

Code

Description

701.02

Transfer of Funds

701.04

Governmental Accounting Practices & Regulations

802.04

Capital Assets

802.04-R(1)

Capital Assets  - Regulation

802.04-R(2)

Capital Assets  - Management System Definitions

 

lisa.chapman@a… Mon, 02/12/2024 - 19:06

701.1 - Depository of Funds

701.1 - Depository of Funds

 

Policy 701.01: Depository of Funds

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories.   The board will also designate the maximum amount which may be kept on deposit in each bank.  This amount will be designated the first time a new depository is identified and will be reviewed at least once every five (5) years or when an increase or additional depository is needed. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.
 

Note:  While this policy is not mandatory, the content of it is. The requirement to review the amount designated is not a legal requirement but is a best practice.  Districts have flexibility in determining how frequently to review this.  

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 12C2; 279.33 

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 12C.2

Deposit of Public Funds - Approval

Iowa Code § 279.33

Directors - Powers and Duties - Annual Settlements

Cross References

Code

Description

206.03

Secretary (I, II)

206.04

Treasurer

210.01

Annual Meeting

702

Cash in School Buildings

704.01

Local - State - Federal - Miscellaneous Revenue

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:13

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

701.2 - Transfer of Funds

 

Policy 701.02: Transfer of Funds

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 08/11/1975 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution. School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner. School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed.  Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.

If all requirements for district use of funds under the Preschool Foundation Aid, Professional Development Supplement, Home School Assistance Program, Teacher Leadership Supplement or any discontinued fund teacher  have been met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds by passage of a board resolution into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law.  Before the expenditure of amounts in the flexibility account, the district shall publish notice of the time, date, and place of a public hearing on the proposed resolution approving said expenditures. The board must find and certify that the statutory requirements of each original source of funds have been met before adopting the resolution approving the expenditures. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

The District may transfer by board resolution from the general fund to the student activity fund an amount needed to purchase or refurbish protective and safety equipment required for any extracurricular interscholastic athletic contest or competition sponsored or administered by the Iowa High School Athletic Association of Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union.

If the before and after school program exceeds the amount necessary to operate the program, the excess amount may, following a public hearing, be transferred by resolution of the board of directors of the school corporation for deposit in the general fund of the school corporation to be used for school district general fund purposes. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.

Beginning in FY 2024, unexpended and unobligated dollars that remain at the end of a fiscal year in addition to ongoing revenues may be transferred to the Teacher Salary Supplement (TSS) program from Professional Development Supplement (PDS), Talented and Gifted (TAG), and Teacher Leadership Supplement (TLS) without board action.

The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination. 

Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year. 

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 24.21-.22; 257.10, 279.8; 279.42; 298A.
289 I.A.C. 6

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 24

Local Budgets

Iowa Code  § 257.10

District Cost Per Pupil

Iowa Code  § 279.42

Directors - Powers and Duties-Gifts to Schools

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 298A

School District Fund Structure

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

289 I.A.C. 6

School Budget Review - Duties and Procedures

Cross References

Code

Description

701.03

Financial Records

704.02

Debt Management

704.02-R(1)

Debt Management - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:15

703 - Budget

703 - Budget dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:17

703.1 - Budget Planning

703.1 - Budget Planning

Policy 703.01: Budget Planning

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 03/10/2022 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

Prior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected. The budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget. 

A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board's review.  The budget will include the following:

  • the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
  • the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
  • an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
  • a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.

It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 30 deadline each year. The District will provide all of the information necessary for the Proposed Property Tax Statement to the Department of Management by March 15.

Mailing of Proposed Property Tax Hearing Statements is completed by the county auditor by March 20.  A public hearing for the Proposed Property Taxes is then held not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days prior to the date of hearing. The hearing notice is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  The hearing notice must also be posted on the district website and district social media accounts on the same day it is published in the newspaper. The hearing on the Proposed Property Tax must be a unique and separate meeting and be the only item on the agenda. 

Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district.  Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget.  A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 30.

The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 10 but no more than 20 days prior to the public hearing.

The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 30.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and the Iowa Department of Management.

The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances.  The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code §§ 24; 257; 279.8; 297; 298; 618.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 24

Local Budgets

Iowa Code  § 257

Financing School Programs

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code  § 297

School Houses/Sites

Iowa Code  § 298

School Taxes and Bonds

Iowa Code  § 618

Publications and Posting of Notices

Cross References

Code

Description

214

Public Hearings

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:17

704 - Revenue

704 - Revenue dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:19

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

704.2 - Debt Management Policy

DEBT LIMITS

Credit Ratings
The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives.  The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.

Debt Limits
For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.

For revenue debt, the school districts goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.

In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (conduit borrower) to make payments to investors.

PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT

Capital Planning
To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.

Capital Financing
The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue.  The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:

  • General Obligation Bonds
  • General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
  • Bond Anticipation Notes
  • Revenue Anticipation Notes
  • School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
  • Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation

Working Capital Financing
The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows.  The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred.  A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.

Refundings
Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.

In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved.  Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions.  Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.

DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE

Length of Debt
Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users.  Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed.  All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.

Debt Structure
Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source.  To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.

Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt.  In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.

All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law.  The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.

The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.

Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.

Decision Analysis to Issue Debt
Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.

Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.

Financial Analysis Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.

Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.

Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.

DEBT ISSUANCE

Credit Enhancement
Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.

Costs and Fees
All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.

Method of Sale
Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process.  Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.

The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.

Professional Service Providers
The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues.  All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status.  The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.

The school district will retain an independent financial advisor.  The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue.  The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.

The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs.  These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.

Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.

Investment of Debt Proceeds
The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school districts consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture.  Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.

Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance
The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.

Federal tax compliance, record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures shall include not be limited to:

  1. post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);
  2. proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;
  3. investments and arbitrage compliance;
  4. expenditures and assets;
  5. private business use; and
  6. designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.

Financial Disclosure
The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information.  The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated  by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).  The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A (2013).

Approved:
August 10, 2015

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:                     
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 18:20

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations

704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations
  1. Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer

    The board treasurer shall: 
    a.  Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;
    b.  Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;
    c.  Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;
    d.  Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.

  1. Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention

    The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:

    a.  Form 8038;
    b. 
    Minutes, resolutions and certificates;
    c.  Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;
    d. 
    Formal elections required by the IRS;
    e. 
    Trustee statements;
    f.  
    Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;
    g. 
    Correspondence relating to bond financings; and
    h. 
    Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.

  1. Proper Use of Proceeds
    The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:

    a. 

    Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;
    b.  
    Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into
         which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;
    c. 
    Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;
    d. 
    Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if
         applicable);
    e. 
    Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;
    f. 
    Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;
    g. 
    Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;
    h. 
    Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-
         restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;
    i. 
    Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.
  1. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance

    The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:

    a.  Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;
    b. 
    Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if
         the school district does not meet the "small  issuer" exception for said obligation;
    c. 
    Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the
         applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate.  In the event the school district fails to meet
         a temporary period or rebate exception:
         1. 
    Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;
         2. 
    Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if
              applicable.

  1. Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets

    The board treasurer shall:

    a.  Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets.  Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment
         earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;
    b. 
    Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;
         1. 
    management contracts;
         2. 
    service agreements;
         3. 
    research contracts;
         4. 
    naming rights contracts;
         5. 
    leases or sub-leases;
         6. 
    joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;
         7. 
    sale of property; or
         8. 
    any other change in use of such asset.
    c. 
    Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal
         for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and
    d. 
    Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with
         respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.

  1. General Project Records

    For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:

    a.  Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;
    b. 
    Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;
    c. 
    Depreciation schedules;
    d. 
    Contracts respecting the project.

  1.   Advance Refundings

    The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds.  The board treasurer shall:

    a.  Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;
    b. 
    Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;
    c. 
    Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;
         1. 
    that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;
         2. 
    that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded
              bonds;
         3. 
    that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be
              invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and
         4. 
    that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an
              financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;
    d. 
    Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the
         board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall
         ensure said requirements are satisfied;
    e. 
    Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be
         included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond
         counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;
    f.   E
    nsure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the
         purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;
    g. 
    In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;
    h. 
    After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in
         attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.

  1.   Continuing Disclosure

    The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event.  Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:

    a.  Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
    b. 
    Non-payment related defaults, if material;
    c.  
    Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;
    d. 
    Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;
    e. 
    Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;
    f. 
    Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS
        Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-
        exempt status of the bonds;
    g. 
    Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;
    h. 
    Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;
    i.  
    Defeasances of the bonds;
    j.  
    Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;
    k. 
    Rating changes on the bonds;
    l.  
    Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;
    m.
    The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other
         than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement
         relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and
    n. 
    Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2013).

http://www.irs.gov/taxexemptbond/article/0,,id=243503,00.html

Approved:
August 10, 2015

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:14

704.3 - Investments

704.3 - Investments

School district funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy.  The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are

  • To provide safety of the principal;
  • To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
  • To obtain an optimum rate of return.

In making investments, the school district shall exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of of the investment program.

School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds.  "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt.  When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less.  When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.

The Board of Directors authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.

  • Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
  • Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT); and
  • Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.
  • Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities

It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing business with the school district.

It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices.  The investment practices shall be designed to prevent losses and to document the officers and employees responsible for elements of the investment process.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

 

Revised:
June 8, 1981
November 13, 1989
November 9, 1992
November 18, 1997
August 14, 2000
November 14, 2016

March 13, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:32

704.4 - Gifts-Grants-Bequests

704.4 - Gifts-Grants-Bequests

If approved by the Board of Directors, gifts, grants, or bequests involving money, equipment, or furnishings may be accepted by the school district.  All gifts, grants, or bequests shall be administered in accordance with the terms of the gift or bequest, and shall become the property of the school district under the control of the Board of Directors.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
December 12, 1994

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

 

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:37

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

704.5 - Student Activities Fund

Revenue raised by students or from student activities shall be deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund.  These revenues are public funds and shall be under the financial control of the Board of Directors (Board).  Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or designee.

Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the Board and under the specific control of the Superintendent.  They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with guidelines developed by the Superintendent.

It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.

Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund when the class graduates or an activity is discontinued.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 11.23; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                                                      
August 9, 1999

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

June 12, 2023

Revised:
September 18, 2000
November 14, 2016

March 13, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:39

705 - Expenditures

705 - Expenditures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:40

705.1 - Purchasing-Biddings

705.1 - Purchasing-Biddings

The board supports economic development in Iowa.  Purchases by the school district will be made in Iowa for Iowa goods and services from a locally-owned business located within the school district or from an Iowa-based company which offers these goods or services if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and they meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as applied by law, including goals and reporting with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses and female-owned businesses.

The board shall enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district.  It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.

Purchases for goods and services shall conform to the following:

  • The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals, quotations, or bids for goods and services up to $25,000.  
  • For goods and services costing more than $25,000 and up to $50,000 informal bidding, the superintendent shall receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be written or unwritten quotations.
  • For goods and services exceeding $50,000 the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process shall be used and received prior to board approval. RFP’s and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process.
  • The purchase will be made from the lowest responsible bidder based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, the targeted small business procurement goal and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
  • The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise.  If it is determined that a targeted small business which bid on the project may be unable to perform the contract, the superintendent will notify the Department of Economic Development.  The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the board deems in the best interests of the school district.

Public Improvement

The board shell enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. "Public improvement" means "a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and for which either of the following applies: (1) has been paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity; (2) a commitment has been made prior to construction by the governmental entity to pay for the building or construction work in whole or impart with funds of the governmental entity. This includes a building or improvement constructed jointly with any public or private agency."

The district shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed.  Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold state in law.  Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding.  The board shall approve competitive bids and competitive quotes.  If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive or quotations, the district may nevertheless process with either of these processes, if it so chooses.

The award of all contracts for the public improvement shall be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder.  In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to policy 802.3; Emergency Repairs.

The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and revaluation of contractors.  The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to these requirements.

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 26; 28E; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285; 297; 301.

261 I.A.C. 54.
281 I.A.C. 43.25.
481 I.A.C.

Approved: 
September 19, 2011

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised :   
September 10, 2018

March 13, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:41

Regulation 705.01-R(2): Purchasing – Bidding - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

Regulation 705.01-R(2): Purchasing – Bidding - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

Regulation 705.01-R(2): Purchasing Bidding - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts

Adoption Date: 3/11/2024      |  Last Reviewed Date:                                |  Last Revised Date:

Status: APPROVED

 

 

In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required.  When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1) 
No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest.  Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract.  District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts.  However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)
Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate. 

2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321
The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.

The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:
2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. 

(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. 

(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal 

Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” 

(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. 

(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. 

(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. 

(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 

(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. 

(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. 

(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

§200.216 Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment

(a)    The district is prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to:

  1. Procure or obtain;
  2. Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
  3. Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system.  As described in Public law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities). 

           i.    For purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunication equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
           ii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment.
          iii.    Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence of the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned by or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a foreign country. 
(b)    In implementing the prohibition under Public Law 115-232, section 889, subsection (f), paragraph (l), heads of executive agencies administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available  funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.
(c)    See Public Law 115-232, section 889 for additional information.
(d)    See also §200.471.
 

 

 

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 26

Bidding

Iowa Code  § 285

Transportation Aid

Iowa Code  § 28E

Joint Exercise of Government Power

Iowa Code  § 297

School Houses/Sites

Iowa Code  § 301

Textbooks

Iowa Code  § 73A

Public Contracts and Bonds

Iowa Code § 73

Preferences

Iowa Code §72.3

Divulging Contents of Sealed Bids

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

261 I.A.C. 54

Economical Development - Iowa TSB Program

281 I.A.C. 43.25

Transportation - Purchasing

Cross References

Code

Description

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

801.04

Site Acquisition

802.03

Emergency Repairs

803.01

Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.02

Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

 

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 02/14/2024 - 11:53

Regulation 705.01R1: Purchasing-Bidding-Suspension and Debarmente of Vendors

Regulation 705.01R1: Purchasing-Bidding-Suspension and Debarmente of Vendors

Regulation 705.01-R(1): Purchasing Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 03/11/2024 | Last Reviewed Date:                                      | Last Revised Date:

 

 

In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities. 

When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:

  1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
  2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
  3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/reports/awards/standard to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.  

 

2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures

A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.)  It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 26

Bidding

Iowa Code  § 285

Transportation Aid

Iowa Code  § 28E

Joint Exercise of Government Power

Iowa Code  § 297

School Houses/Sites

Iowa Code  § 301

Textbooks

Iowa Code  § 73A

Public Contracts and Bonds

Iowa Code § 73

Preferences

Iowa Code §72.3

Divulging Contents of Sealed Bids

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

261 I.A.C. 54

Economical Development - Iowa TSB Program

281 I.A.C. 43.25

Transportation - Purchasing

Cross References

Code

Description

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

801.04

Site Acquisition

802.03

Emergency Repairs

803.01

Disposition of Obsolete Equipment

803.02

Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings & Sites

 

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 02/14/2024 - 11:51

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services

The board authorizes the issuance payment of claims against the school district for goods and services.  The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy.

The board authorizes the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent, to issue payment for verified bills, for reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not in session.  The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills. The board will approve payment for the bills at the board’s regular board meeting.

The secretary will determine to the secretary's satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.

The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp.  If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Love v. City of Des Moines, 210 Iowa 90, 230 N.W. 373 (1930).

Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .29, .30, .36; 291.12; 721.2(5) (2013).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 102, 160, 720.
1976 Op. Att'y Gen. 69.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 130, 180, 392, 456, 651.
1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 375.

Approved :                 
September 19, 2011   

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised :                    
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:43

705.3R1 Payment for Goods and Services Regulation

705.3R1 Payment for Goods and Services Regulation

 

The board authorized the board secretary, upon approval of the superintendent to issue payment for:

  • Verified bills

  • Reasonable and necessary expenses, when the board is not in session

  • Shipping

  • Postage

  • Printing

  • Rents

  • Payment of salaries pursuant to the terms of a written contract

  • Invoices to be paid to avoid finance charges

  • Invoice that include discounts which reduce cost of purchase

  • Any expenses previously approved by the Board of Directors upon receiving delivery

  • Officiating or judging services provided for extra curricular or co-curricular activities

 

The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.  The board will approve the bills at its next regular meeting.

 

Adopted: March 13, 2023

 

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

 

Revised:

lisa.chapman@a… Thu, 03/16/2023 - 14:00

705.4 Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.4 Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.4 EXPENDITURES FOR A PUBLIC PURPOSE

 

The board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community.  The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner.  Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district.  If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.    

 

Individuals who have concerns about the public purpose of a purchase or reimbursement should utilize the district’s Internal Controls policy and regulation as a resource for questioning a purchase.  Concerns should be reported to the superintendent and/or the board president.  

 

The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds.  The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds.  To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds.  Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies.  All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.

 

Additional guidance regarding appropriate expenditures of school funds is provided in the regulation accompanying this policy.

 

ADOPTED:  March 13, 2023

 

REVIEWED: June 12, 2023

 

REVISED: 

lisa.chapman@a… Thu, 03/16/2023 - 14:08

705.4R1 EXPENDITURES FOR A PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF PUBLIC FUNDS REGULATION

705.4R1 EXPENDITURES FOR A PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF PUBLIC FUNDS REGULATION

705.4R1 EXPENDITURES FOR A PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF PUBLIC FUNDS REGULATION

 The Board of Directors authorizes the expenditure of District funds for District officers, directors, employees, and volunteers for the following purposes, as these are commonly-granted benefits for employees and volunteers in public and private organizations which aid in recruitment of personnel, promotes improvement of staff morale and cooperation, and assists in building a commitment to the District, thus assisting in creating a more productive learning environment.

 

This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed below.  Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds.  The following are considered appropriate expenditures:

  • Mementos for employees for recognition of years of service to the district, provided the mementos are of most expense.

  • Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations.

  • A retirement appreciation function to recognize retiring employees.  Mementos may also be given to retirees, provided the mementos are of modest expense.

  • A recognition item upon the end of service by a Board member.

  • A recognition item for the president of the Board of Directors upon completion of service as president.

  • A function to recognize the collective contributions of volunteers and/or contributors; Board members, employees, volunteers, and/or contributors, and a limited number of invited community members may be invited also.

  • Staff appreciation meals (breakfast and/or lunch) to recognize employee contributions and to promote communication between Board members, administrators, and other staff members; Board members and a limited number of invited community members may be invited also.

  • Meals for interviewees and members of the interview committee accompanying the interviewee at the time of an interview, provided the interview reasonably occurs during a normal mealtime.

  • Meals may be served to Board members, administrators, and other school personnel required to be present a Board meeting, or Board committee meetings in order to enable the Board to continue with business without interruption, provided the interview reasonably occurs during a normal mealtime.

  • Meals may be purchased for volunteers working in buildings during the day, from student activity funds, provided work is being performed and/or the volunteer is unable to leave the building during a normal mealtime.

  • Meals for off-site professional development and conferences for Board members, board officers, and accompanying district staff (i.e., Iowa Association of School Boards Annual Convention) who are attending said professional development and conferences to promote effective and efficient board governance.

  • The Superintendent may determine that the serving of food or refreshments is appropriate for selected occasions.

  • Motivational items for employees that align with the Board's mission and vision for teaching and learning and enhance the climate and culture of the district, provided the items are of modest expense.

  • It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students.  These awards should be designated to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district.

  • Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal.

  • Limited refreshments may be available in public reception areas of the district.  These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.

  • Microwaves, refrigerators, coffee pots, toaster ovens, and other similar equipment items may be purchased with public funds for use in public reception areas and employee break rooms.  Otherwise, the items must be purchased with personal funds.  These items are not authorized in classrooms and offices.

 

ADOPTED: March 13, 2023

 

REVIEWED: June 12, 2023

 

 

REVISED:

lisa.chapman@a… Thu, 03/16/2023 - 14:09

705.4R2 EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF STUDENT ACTIVITY FUNDS

705.4R2 EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF STUDENT ACTIVITY FUNDS

705.4R2 EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC PURPOSE - USE OF STUDENT ACTIVITY FUNDS

All Public Purpose Expenditures within the Student Activity Fund must be preapproved by the Activities Director.

  • Activities and supplies that support building team morale and cohesiveness.

  • Meals (food and drink) for student participants, coaches, and staff.  This pertains to meals at Algona facilities or offsite.

  • Costs associated with day-to-day operations of maintaining a high-quality program or activity for district-sponsored activities.

  • Expenses related to End of Season Banquets including food and supplies.

  • Recognition items paid from Student Activity Funds - not to exceed $50 per student participant for trophies, plaques, awards, and other non-cash items.

  • Costs associated with contracting with individuals not employed by ACSD ro provide skill development and other services for ACSD sponsored camps and clinics.

  • Purposes clearly specified in approved fundraising activities and shared with patrons in fundraising materials.

 

ADOPTED: March 13, 2023

 

REVIEWED: June 12, 2023

 

REVISED:

 

lisa.chapman@a… Thu, 03/16/2023 - 14:13

706 - Payroll Procedures

706 - Payroll Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:44

706.1 - Payroll Periods

706.1 - Payroll Periods

It shall be the policy of the Board of Directors that classified personnel shall be paid on the 20th day of each month, or the last working day preceding it.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll periods of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:  
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 91A.2(4), .3 (2013).

Approved:                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
August 9, 1976
June 8, 1981
June 10, 1985
December 12, 1994
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:45

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

706.2 - Payroll Deductions

Classified personnel payroll deductions shall consist of Federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, Social Security and the Iowa Public Employees' Retirement System.

Support personnel may elect to have payments withheld for insurance, IRS 125 Cafeteria Plan, and/or annuity programs provided such programs have been approved by the Board of Directors.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.

The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in a certified collective bargaining unit and the board regarding payroll deductions of such employees will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 91A.2(4), .3; 294.8-.9, .16 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
December 12, 1994
November 18, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:46

706.3 - Pay Deductions

706.3 - Pay Deductions

The district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.

Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:

  • the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
  • the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
  • the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or,
  • the employee chooses to use leave without pay.

In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.

 

 

Legal Reference:                        
29 U.S.C. Sec. 2 13(a) (2012)

29 C.F.R. Part 541 (2012)

Approved:

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:47

706.3R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation

706.3R1 - Pay Deductions Regulation

The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa Wage Payment Collection Act.  The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.

Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the Superintendent.   Within 15 business days of receiving the complaint, the Superintendent will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made.

This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.

 

REVIEWED: June 12, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:48

707 - Fiscal Reports

707 - Fiscal Reports dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:49

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

707.1 - Secretary’s Reports

The board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.  This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 291.7 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:50

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report

At the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and all other funds.  This report is in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.  The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.

It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.31, .33 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:51

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports

Each month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.  Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.35, .36; 618 (2013).

1952 Op. Att'y Gen. 133.

Approved:

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:52

707.4 - Audit

707.4 - Audit

To review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district.  The administration will cooperate with the auditors.

Such annual audit reports shall remain on permanent file in the administrative office of the School District.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 11.6 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
September 18, 1978
June 8, 1981
December 12, 1994
November 18, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:53

Policy 707.05: Internal Controls

Policy 707.05: Internal Controls

Policy 707.05: Internal Controls

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 03/11/2024 | Last Reviewed Date:   3/11/2024                                 | Last Revised Date: 

 

 

The board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources.  The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.

Internal controls are used to help ensure the integrity of district financial and accounting information. Adherence to district-established internal control procedures is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board.  Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.

Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report their suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor and the superintendent, or the board president.  The superintendent or the board president shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, the Auditor of State's office and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent or the board president may deem appropriate. 

Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.

In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president or vice-president, who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, Auditor of State's office, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.

The superintendent or board president shall ensure the Auditor of State’s office is notified as required by law of any suspected embezzlement, theft or other financial irregularity pursuant to Iowa law.  The superintendent and/or board president in coordination with the Auditor of State’s office, will determine whether to conduct a complete or partial audit.  The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district.  In the event there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation.  Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination. 
 

NOTE:  For more detailed discussion of this issue, see IASB's Policy Primer, Vol. 19 #4- May 24, 2006.

 

Legal Reference:

American Competitiveness and Corporate Accountability Act of 2002, Pub. L. 
    No. 107-204.
Iowa Code §§ 11, 279.8.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code § 11

Auditor of State

Cross References

Code

Description

401.12

Employee Use of Cell Phones

401.12-R(1)

Employee Use of Cell Phones - Regulation

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

707.06

Audit Committee

 

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 02/14/2024 - 11:54

Regulation 707.05-R(1): Internal Controls - Procedures

Regulation 707.05-R(1): Internal Controls - Procedures

Regulation 707.05-R(1): Internal Controls - Procedures

Status: APPROVED

Original Adopted Date: 03/11/2024 | Last Reviewed Date:     3/11/2024                                      | Last Revised Date:

 

 

Fraud, financial improprieties, or fiscal irregularities include, but are not limited to:

  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
  • Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
  • Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
  • Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
  • Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
  • Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
  • Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
  • Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
  • Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
  • Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
  • Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
  • Acting for purposes of personal financial gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
  • Providing false, inaccurate or misleading financial information to district administrators or the board of directors. 

The superintendent, or board president shall notify the State Auditor's office of any suspected fraud, embezzlement or financial irregularities as required by law.  The district will comply with all investigation procedures and scope as directed by the State Auditor's office. All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.  The superintendent or board president may engage qualified independent auditors to assist in the investigation. 

If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, or the board president, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel.  The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.
 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

Iowa Code § 11

Auditor of State

Cross References

Code

Description

401.12

Employee Use of Cell Phones

401.12-R(1)

Employee Use of Cell Phones - Regulation

705.04

Expenditures for a Public Purpose

705.04-R(1)

Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation

707.06

Audit Committee

 

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 02/14/2024 - 11:55

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

708 - Care, Maintenance and Disposal of School District Records

School district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and board secretary to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:

  • Secretary's financial records

Permanently

  • Treasurer's financial records

Permanently

  • Open meeting minutes of the Board of Directors

Permanently

  • Annual audit reports

Permanently

  • Annual budget

Permanently

  • Permanent record of individual pupil

Permanently

  • School election results

Permanently

  • Real property records (e.g., deeds, abstracts)

Permanently

  • Records of payment of judgments against the school district

20 years

  • Bonds and bond coupons

11 years after maturity, cancellation, transfer, redemption, and/or replacement

  • Written contracts

11 years

  • Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank
  • statements, bills, invoices, and related record

5 years

  • Recordings and minutes of closed meetings

1 year

  • Program grants

As determined by the grant

  • Payroll Personnel records 
  • Nonpayroll personnel records

3 years after leaving district

7 years after leaving district

  • Employment applications

2 years

  • Payroll records

3 years

  • School meal programs accounts/records

3 years after submission of the final claim for reimbursement

 

In the event that any federal or state agency requires a record be retained for a period of time longer than that listed above for audit purposes or otherwise, the record shall be retained beyond the listed period as long as is required for the resolution of the issue by the federal or state agency.

Employees' records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. The employees' records are maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee's immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.

An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other nonconsumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent. This report is filed with the board secretary.

The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records shall be housed in a fire resistant safe or vault or electronically with a secure backup file.  The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current. Permanent records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in the High School Office and will be retained permanently. These records will be maintained by the High School Prinicipal.

Special education records shall be maintained in accordance with law.

The superintendent may digitize or otherwise electronically retain school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records.  An electronic record which accurately reflects the information set forth in the paper record after it was first generated in its final form as an electronic record, and which remains accessible for later reference meets the same legal requirements for retention as the original paper record.

 

 

Legal Reference: 7 C.F.R. § 210.23(c). 
Iowa Code §§ 22.3; 22.7; 91A.6; 279.8; 291.6; 554D.114; 554D.119; 614.1(13).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4); 41.624.
City of Sioux City v. Greater Sioux City Press Club, 421 N.W.2d 895 (Iowa 1988).

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised:

June 12, 2023
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:54

709 - Insurance Program

709 - Insurance Program

The board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability.  The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance.  The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed once every three years.  Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.

The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.

The board may retain a private organization for capital assets management services. 

Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent.  The superintendent is responsible for maintaining the capital assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 85.2; 279.12, .28; 285.5(6), .10(6); 296.7; 298A; 517A.1; 670.7 (2013).

1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 171.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 676.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
December 11, 1989
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:57

710 - School Food Services

710 - School Food Services dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:58

710.1 - School Food Program

710.1 - School Food Program

The school district will operate a school nutrition program in each attendance center.  The school nutrition program will include meals through participation in the National School Lunch Program.  Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.

School nutrition program facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities.  They may also be used under the supervision of the food service director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with law and board policy.

The school nutrition program is operated on a nonprofit basis.  The revenues of the school nutrition program will be used only for the operation or improvement of such programs.  Supplies of the school nutrition program will only be used for the school nutrition program.

The board will set, and annually review, the prices for school nutrition programs.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school nutrition programs, in accordance with federal and state law. Employees, except for food service personnel, will be required to purchase adult-price tickets for meals consumed.

It is the responsibility of the food service director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and business manager for the proper functioning of the school nutrition program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. 

7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq.
Iowa Code ch. 283A
281 I.A.C. 58.

Approved:                                                                  
October 9, 1989

Reviewed:

June 12, 2023
March 13, 2023

Revised:
September 19, 1994
October 13, 1997
July 10, 2000
November 14, 2016
June 11, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 20:58

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility

Students enrolled and attending school in the school district, who meet the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) eligibility guidelines, will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price.  The school district will make every effort to eliminate social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced price meals.

The district shall annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced price meals in accordance with state and federal law.

It is the responsibility of Central Administration Staff or designee to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced price school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law.  If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in need of free or reduced-price meals, school personnel shall contact the Central Administration Staff or designee.

Employees, students not qualified for free meals and others will be required to pay for meals consumed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.

7 C.F.R. Pt. 210 et seq.
Iowa Code ch. 283A
281 I.A.C. 58.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:

June 12, 2023
March 13, 2023

Revised:
May 11, 1981
October 9, 1989
September 19, 1994
October 13, 1997
July 10, 2000
November 14, 2016
June 11, 2017

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:00

710.3 - Negative Lunch Balance

710.3 - Negative Lunch Balance

In accordance with state and federal law, the Algona Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

Payment of Meals
Students have use of a meal account. When the balance reaches $0.00 a student shall not be allowed to charge further meals or a la carte items until the negative account balance is paid. Families can add money to the account by paying at the school office or logging onto the school website and depositing money electronically.

Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases. Students with outstanding meal charge debt shall be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal when it is received. The school district may provide an alternate meal that meets federal and state requirements to students who have charged the maximum allowance to the student account and cannot pay out of pocket for a meal.

Negative Account Balances
The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. The school district will coordinate communications with families to resolve the matter of unpaid charges. When a lunch account reaches negative status, those responsible for that account will receive notice via email, phone and paper copies will be sent home with students. Notifications of the account status will continue until the balance is positive. Negative balances will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent’s designee for collection. Options for collection may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.  Exceptions may be made, at the discretion of the Superintendent, in an effort to correct negative accounts.

Communication of the Policy
The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy. 

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information were communicated to households and staff will be retained.

The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:         
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.

7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments (2016).
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
Iowa Code 283A.
281 I.A.C. 58.

Adopted: June 12, 2017

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

Revised: May 13, 2019

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:01

710.4: Meal Charges

710.4: Meal Charges

In accordance with state and federal law, the Algona Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families, and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges.  The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pya for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.

Payment of Meals

Students have use of a meal account.  When the balance reaches $0.00 a student may charge no more than $100 to this account.  When an account reaches this limit, a student shall not be allowed to charge further meals or ala carte items until the negative account balance is paid.  Families may add money to student account by electronic payment options or pay at any of the school offices.

Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases.  Students with outstanding meal charge debt shall be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal when it is received.

Employees may use a charge account for meals, but may charge no more than $100 to this account.  When an account reaches this limit, an employee shall not be allowed to charge further meals or ala carte items until the negative account balance is paid.  Employees may also opt to deduct a specified amount from their pay by directing the Business Office in writing.

Negative Account Balance

The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low.  Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt.  The school district will coordinate communications with families to resolve the matter of unpaid charges.  Families will be notified of a low, under $10, balance weekly.  Families will be notified by automated email or notices sent home with student.  Negative balances of more than $100 not paid prior to the end of the fiscal year (June 30) will be turned over to the superintendent or superintendent's designee for collection.  Options for collection may include:  collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.

Unpaid student Meal Account

The district will establish an unpaid student meals account in a school nutrition fund.  Funds from private sources and funds from the district flexibility account may be deposited into the unpaid school meals account in accordance with law.  Funds deposited into this account shall be used only to pay individual student meal debt.

Communication of the Policy

The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided in writing to:

  • All households at or before the start of each school year;
  • Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
  • All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy.

Records of how and when the policy and supporting information were communicated to households and staff will be retained.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop an administrative regulation for implementing this policy.

 

Legal Reference:         
42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq.
7 C.F.R. §§ 210 et seq.
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 46-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Local Meal Charge Policies (2016).
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 47-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Clarification on Collection of Delinquent Meal Payments (2016).
U.S. Dep’t of Agric., SP 57-2016, Unpaid Meal Charges: Guidance and Q&A (2016).
Iowa Code 283A.
281 I.A.C. 58.

Adopted: August 8, 2022

Reviewed: June 12, 2023

jcarter@algona… Thu, 11/10/2022 - 14:52

711 - Student School Transportation

711 - Student School Transportation dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:04

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

711.1 - Student School Transportation Eligibility

Elementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.

Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate.  Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.

Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP).  When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:

  • Transportation from the student's residence to the location of the special education and back to the student's residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.
  • Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.
  • Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.

The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.

A student may be required, at the board's discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile.  The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.  Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district.  Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state. 

Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement.  Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
20 U.S.C. §§ 1401, 1701 et seq. (2010).

34 C.F.R. Pt. 300 et seq. (2010).
Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285; 321 (2013).
281 I.A.C. 41.412

Date of Adoption:                                                      
August 11, 1975                                                         

Date of Review:
June 12, 2023

Date of Revisions:
August 9, 1976
May 11, 1981
October 13, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:05

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation

Students utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers.  Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.

Although the law requires the district to provide transportation, it does not relieve parents from the responsibility of supervision until such time as the child boards the bus and after the child leaves the bus at the end of the school day.  Nor does it relieve students from the responsibility to behave in an orderly and safe manner on the bus.  School bus transportation is a privilege that can be taken away any time a student’s conduct is considered bad enough to jeopardize the safety of the other passengers.  The right to safe transportation will not be taken from an entire bus load of students because a few of them disobey the rules.

The bus driver shall have complete control of the bus and the students he or she is transporting for the duration of the bus ride.  Serious and/or repeated problem(s) arising with a student will be promptly reported to the building principal and Transportation Director.  The student will be disciplined in accordance with established policy.  Continued violation of bus rules will be considered sufficient cause for refusing to transport the student(s) involved and may lead to suspension and/or expulsion from school, depending upon the seriousness of the matter.

In addition, the board supports the use of recording devices on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events.  The recording devices will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding.  The recordings are student records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy and administrative regulations.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding student conduct and discipline when utilizing school district transportation.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321 (2013).

Approved:
October 9, 1989

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

 

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:07

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities

711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities

School district transportation vehicles shall be used for transporting students and others to school-sponsored events within the state.  School district transportation vehicles may be used for transporting students and others to school-sponsored events outside the state.  In determining whether to allow transportation outside the state, the administration shall consider the nature of the trip, the cost and method of payment for the trip, the cost and burden of complying with the Interstate Commerce Commission regulations, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles by the school district for school-sponsored events, shall ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle.  A student’s parent or guardian may personally ask the sponsor or coach to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.

Arrangements for the use of a school bus for an excursion, field trip, or other school-sponsored activity must be made at least 48 hours prior to the scheduled time of the activity.  In addition, the bus must be driven by a qualified school bus driver and the pupils must be accompanied by a member of the staff who will be responsible for the conduct and general supervision of the pupils.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 256B.4; 285.1-.4; 321 (2011).

281 I.A.C. 41.412.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
May 11, 1981
November 14,  2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:10

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

711.5 - Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students

The board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students.  Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students' transportation.  Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.

Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate.  This reimbursement is paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state.  If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.

The charge to the nonresident students is determined based on the students' pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation.  The parents of these students are billed for the student's share of the actual costs of transportation.  The billing is according to the schedule developed by the superintendent.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.

Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students' transportation needs.  The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used.  In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.

Nonresident and nonpublic school students are subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 285.1-.2, .10, .16 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
May 11, 1981
October 8, 1989
September 19, 1994
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:11

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

711.6 - Transportation of Nonschool Groups

School district vehicles may be made available to local nonprofit entitites which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities within the state as long as the transportation does not interfere with or disrupt the educational progoram of the school district and does not interfere with or delay the transportation of students.  The local nonprofit entity must pay the pro rata cost of using the school district vehicle as determined by the Board.  Due to Interstate Commerce Commission regulations, school district vehicles will not be available for nonschool-sponsored trips outside of Iowa.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop administrative regulations for use of school district transportation vehicles to transport students and others to school-sponsored events within the state and for the application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles by local nonprofit entities for a nonschool-sponsored activity.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 285.1(21), .10(9), (10) (2013).

281 I.A.C. 41.412; 43.10

Approved:                                                            
September 19, 1994

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
October 13, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:12

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather

School district buses will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so.  Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.

The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent or designee.  The superintendent will be assisted by the actual "on location" reports of the drivers.

Several drivers each year will be specially designated to report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so.  Other employees and students will be notified by commercial radio when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.  When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed.

When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced by commercial radio.  Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it.  In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:                          
October 13, 1980

Reviewed:
June 12, 2023

Revised:
May 11, 1981
June 10, 1985
September 19, 1994
October 13, 1997
November 14, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:14

713 - Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking

713 - Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking

 

Policy 713: Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date: 10/11/2022 | Last Revised Date: 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

PLEASE NOTE: This policy and regulation is the former 401.13 - Staff Technology Use/Social Media

Computers, electronic devices and other technology are powerful and valuable education and research tools and, as such, are an important part of the instructional program. In addition, the school district depends upon technology as an integral part of administering and managing the schools’ resources, including the compilation of data and recordkeeping for personnel, students, finances, supplies and materials. This policy outlines the board’s expectations in regard to these different aspects of the school district’s technology resources. Students, staff and volunteers must conduct themselves in a manner that does not disrupt the educational process and failure to do so may result in discipline, up to and including student discipline under all relevant district policies and discharge for employees. 

General Provisions

The superintendent is responsible for designating a Technology Coordinator who will oversee the use of school district technology resources. The Technology Coordinator will prepare in-service programs for the training and development of school district staff and relevant volunteers in technology skills, appropriate use of district technology and for the incorporation of technology use in subject areas.

The superintendent, working with appropriate staff, shall establish regulations governing the use and security of the school district’s technology resources. The school district will make every reasonable effort to maintain the security of the district networks and devices. All users of the school district’s technology resources, including students, staff and volunteers, shall comply with this policy and regulation, as well as others impacting the use of school equipment and facilities. Failure to comply may result in disciplinary action, up to and including discharge or expulsion, as well as suspension and/or revocation of technology access privileges.
    
Usage of the school district’s technology resources is a privilege, not a right, and that use entails responsibility. District-owned technology and district-maintained Internet-based collaboration software social media and e-mail accounts are the property of the school district. Therefore, users of the school district’s network must not expect, nor does the school district guarantee, privacy for use of the school district’s network websites visited. The school district reserves the right to access and view any material stored on school district equipment, within district-owned software or any material used in conjunction with the school district’s network.

The superintendent, working with the appropriate staff, shall establish procedures governing management of technology records in order to exercise appropriate control over technology records, including financial, personnel and student information. The procedures will address at a minimum:  

  • passwords,
  • system administration,
  • separation of duties,
  • remote access, 
  • data back-up (including archiving of e-mail),
  • record retention, and
  • disaster recovery plans.

Social Networking or Other External Web Sites

For purposes of this policy, any website, other than the school district website or school-school district sanctioned websites, are considered external websites. Employees and volunteers shall not post confidential or proprietary information, including photographic images, about the school district, its employees, students, agents or others on any external website without prior written consent of the superintendent. Employees and volunteers shall adhere to all applicable privacy and confidentiality policies adopted by the school district when on external websites. Employees, students and volunteers shall not use the school district logos, images, iconography, etc. on external websites unless authorized in advance by school administration. Employees shall not use school district time or property on external sites that are not in direct relation to the employee’s job duties. Employees, students and volunteers need to realize that the internet is not a closed system and anything posted on an external site may be viewed by others. Employees, students and volunteers who don’t want school administrators to know their personal information, should refrain from sharing it on the internet. Employees and volunteers should not connect with students via external websites without consent of the  building level administrator.

Employees and volunteers who wish to connect with students through an Internet-based software application that is not District-approved must first obtain the prior written consent of the building administrator.  At all times, no less than two licensed employees must have access to all accounts and interactions on the software application. Employees and volunteers who would like to start a social media site for school district-sanctioned activities should obtain prior written consent from the superintendent. 

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.

 

Legal Reference:

Iowa Code § 279.8.
282 I.A.C. 25, 26.

 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

282 I.A.C. 25

Educational Examiners - Code of Professional Conduct

282 I.A.C. 26

Educational Examiners - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

Cross References

Code

Description

104

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104-R(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures

104-E(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form

104-E(2)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form

104-E(3)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form

305

Administrator Code of Ethics

401.11

Employee Orientation

401.14

Employee Expression

604.11

Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

712

Technology and Data Security

712-R(1)

Technology and Data Security - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 01/10/2024 - 08:42

713 R(1) Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking Regulation

713 R(1) Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking Regulation

 

Regulation 713-R(1): Responsible Technology Use & Social Networking - Regulation

Status: UNDER REVIEW

Original Adopted Date: 03/09/2022 | Last Revised Date 02/12/2024 | Last Reviewed Date: 02/12/2024

 

 

PLEASE NOTE: This policy and regulation is the former 401.13 - Staff Technology Use/ Social Media

General

The following rules and regulations govern the use of the school district's network systems, employee access to the internet, and management of digital records:

  • Employees will be issued a school district e-mail account. Passwords should be changed periodically. 
  • Each individual in whose name an access account is issued is responsible at all times for its proper use.
  • Employees are expected to review their e-mail regularly and shall reply promptly to inquiries with information that the employee can reasonably be expected to provide.
  • Communications with parents and/or students must be made on a school district computer, unless in the case of an emergency. 
  • Employees may access the internet for education-related and/or work-related activities.
  • Employees shall refrain from using technology resources for personal use, including access to social networking sites.
  • Use of the school district technology and school e-mail address is a public record. Employees cannot have an expectation of privacy in the use of the school district’s network and technology.
  • Use of technology resources in ways that violate the acceptable use and conduct regulation, outlined below, will be subject to discipline, up to and including discharge.
  • Use of the school district’s network is a privilege, not a right.  Inappropriate use may result in the suspension or revocation of that privilege.
  • Off-site access to the school district network will be determined by the superintendent in conjunction with appropriate personnel. 
  • All network users are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette. This includes being polite and using only appropriate language. Abusive language, vulgarities and swear words are all inappropriate.
  • Network users identifying a security problem on the school district's network must notify appropriate staff. Any network user identified as a security risk or having a history of violations of school district technology use guidelines may be denied access to the school district's network.
  • Employees are representatives of the district at all times and must model appropriate character, both on and off the worksite.  This applies to material posted with personal devices and on personal websites and/or social media accounts.  Posted messages or pictures which diminish the professionalism or discredit the capacity to maintain respect of students and parents may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination if the content posted is found to be disruptive to the educational environment and adversely impacts the employee’s ability to effectively serve as a role model or perform his/her job duties for the district.  The type of material that would affect an employee’s ability to serve as an appropriate role model includes, but is not limited to, text or depictions involving hate speech, nudity, obscenity, vulgarity or sexually explicit content.  Employee communications with students should be limited as appropriate.  If there is any uncertainty, employees should consult their building administrator.

Prohibited Activity and Uses

The following is a list of prohibited activity for all employees concerning use of the school district's network.  Any violation of these prohibitions may result in discipline, up to and including discharge, or other appropriate penalties, including suspension or revocation of a user's access to the network.

  • Using the network for commercial activity, including advertising, or personal gain.
  • Infringing on any copyrights or other intellectual property rights, including copying, installing, receiving, transmitting or making available any copyrighted software on the school district network. See Policy 605.07, Use of Information Resources for more information.
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to others obscene, offensive, or sexually explicit material.
  • Using the network to receive, transmit or make available to other messages that are racist, sexist, and abusive or harassing to others.
  • Use of another’s account or password.
  • Attempting to read, delete, copy, or modify the electronic mail (e-mail) of other system users.
  • Forging or attempting to forge e-mail messages.
  • Engaging in vandalism. Vandalism is defined as any malicious attempt to harm or destroy school district equipment or materials, data of another user of the school district’s network or of any of the entities or other networks that are connected to the Internet. This includes, but is not limited to, creating and/or placing a virus on the network.
  • Using the network to send anonymous messages or files.
  • Revealing the personal address, telephone number or other personal information of oneself or another person.
  • Using the network for sending and/or receiving personal messages.
  • Intentionally disrupting network traffic or crashing the network and connected systems.
  • Installing personal software or using personal technology on the school district’s technology and/or network without the permission of the Technology Coordinator.
  • Using the network in a fashion inconsistent with directions from teachers and other staff and generally accepted network etiquette.

Other Technology Issues

Employees should contact students and their parents through the school district's technology or phone system unless in the case of an emergency or with prior consent of the principal. Employees should not release their cell phone number, personal e-mail address, etc. to students or their parents.
 

 

I.C. Iowa Code

Description

Iowa Code  § 279.8

Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees

I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code

Description

282 I.A.C. 25

Educational Examiners - Code of Professional Conduct

282 I.A.C. 26

Educational Examiners - Code of Rights and Responsibilities

Cross References

Code

Description

104

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy

104-R(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures

104-E(1)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form

104-E(2)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form

104-E(3)

Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form

305

Administrator Code of Ethics

401.11

Employee Orientation

401.14

Employee Expression

604.11

Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms

712

Technology and Data Security

712-R(1)

Technology and Data Security - Security Requirements of Third-Party Vendors Regulation

lisa.chapman@a… Wed, 01/10/2024 - 08:47

800 - BUILDINGS AND SITES

800 - BUILDINGS AND SITES jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 14:14

800 - Objectives of Building and Sites

800 - Objectives of Building and Sites

The primary purpose of the school building program is to provide means of maximizing the educational objectives of the School District.

The Board of Directors (Board) shall have full and final responsibility for the selection of sites, employment of personnel, contracting for services, approval of plans, authorization and acceptance of bids, payment for work performed on contractual agreements, and final acceptance or rejection of work done.  All of the related actions should be taken only by official Board actions based upon formal recommendations of its administrative staff at Board meetings.

The Superintendent of Schools shall be responsible for organizing and coordinating the efforts of the various individuals and groups to best achieve the established educational objectives in the building program and making recommendations to the Board.

 

 

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
January 15, 1990
December 8, 1997
September 18, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:13

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction

801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:16

801.1 - Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning

801.1 - Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning

As part of the board's long range plan for the school district's education program, the board will include the buildings and sites needs for the education program.  The long-term needs for buildings and sites will be discussed and determined by the board.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .12, .14; 297 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed: 7/10/2023

 

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:16

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.

 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
February 13, 1995
December 8, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:17

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

801.3 - Educational Specifications for Buildings and Sites

Buildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board.  The board will make this determination.

Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites.  These specifications will be consistent with the education program, and they will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility.  It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.

The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Cedar Rapids Community School District, Linn County v. City of Cedar Rapids, 252 Iowa 205, 106 N.W.2d 655 (1960).

Iowa Code §§ Ch 26; 280.3, .14; 297; 544A (2013).
1974 Op. Att'y Gen. 529

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
August 9, 1976
June 8, 1981
January 15, 1990
December 8, 1997
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:18

801.4 - Site Acquistion

801.4 - Site Acquistion

Sites acquired by the board will meet or, upon improvement, be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program.  The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.5(j); 297 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed: July 10, 2023

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:20

801.11 - Financial Accounting System

801.11 - Financial Accounting System

School district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education.  As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmdntal accounting standards.

In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance – restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned – while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent.  A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance.  The resolution will state the exact dollar amount.  In the event the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.

The Board authorizes the superintendent to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54.  An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.

 

 

Legal Reference: 
Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A(2011).

Approved:
July 11, 2011

July 10, 2023

Reviewed:
October 8, 2018

Revised:

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:23

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management

802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:25

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

802.1 - Maintenance Schedule

The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair.  Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.

It is the responsibility of the Director of Buildings and Grounds to maintain the school district buildings and sites.  As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule is created and adhered to in compliance with this policy.  Changes in the physical facilities of a building should not be made until the proposed changes have been discussed by the building principal, the superintendent and the Director of Buildings and Grounds.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975                                                         

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
January 15, 1990
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:26

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

802.2 - Requests for Improvements

Generally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs are made to the superintendent by building principals and the head custodian.  Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $25,000, may be approved by the superintendent.  Improvements exceeding $25,000 must be approved by the board.  Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.3, .14 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
August 11, 1975

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
June 8, 1981
January 15, 1990
February 13, 1995
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:27

Policy 802.03: Emergency Repairs

Policy 802.03: Emergency Repairs

The board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district's buildings and sites in providing the education program.  The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.



NOTE:  This policy reflects Iowa law regarding emergency repairs.  The certification of the AEA administrator is a legal requirement.
 

Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 280.3, .14; 297.

ADOPTED: July 10, 2023

REVIEWED:

REVISED:

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 09:41

802.4 - Capital Assets

802.4 - Capital Assets

The school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.

Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements.  Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment.  Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $3500  The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized.  Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset. 

All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $75,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes.  Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation.  If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.

Phase III districts, as determined under GASB 34, will not retroactively report intangible assets.  If actual historical cost cannot be determined for intangible assets due to lack of sufficient records, estimated historical cost will be used.

This policy applies to all intangible assets.  If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported.  It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting.   For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.

The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.  

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A (2013).

Approved:      
July 11, 2005

Date of Review:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Date of Revision:
October 11, 2010
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:28

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation

A.   Capital Assets Management System

    The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, shall:

  1. Conduct the capital assets physical count;
  2. Develop the capital assets listing;
  3. Tag capital assets included in the capital assets management system with a bar code identification number; 
  4. Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the capital assets management system;
  5. Enter the necessary data into the capital assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;
  6. Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the capital assets management system; and,
  7. Maintain responsibility for an accurate capital assets management system. 

B.    Determining historical cost

  1. The historical cost of a capital asset is based on the actual costs expended in making the capital assets serviceable.                                                              
  2. Gifts of capital assets are valued at the estimated fair market value at the addition/acquisition date. 
  3. Capital assets purchased under a capital lease are valued at historical cost of their net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date.
  4. The historical cost of capital assets must include capitalized interest.

C.    Annual capital assets listing reconciliation

  1. The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, in conjunction with the capital assets management team, will conduct an annual capital assets physical count to develop the annual capital assets listing in a manner similar to the initial capital assets listing process in B above.  At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the capital assets in the building/department/room will perform the capital assets physical count for the building/department/room.
  2. Upon completion of the annual capital assets listing, the capital assets listing is reconciled to the capital assets management system data base.                                
  3. Capital assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the capital assets management system.  The capital assets management system process should be reviewed to prevent future incidents of excluding a capital asset.
  4. Capital assets unaccounted for are reported to the superintendent who contacts the supervisor of and the individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset.  The individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset has thirty days to account for the capital asset.           
  5. Capital assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation.  "Appropriate action" may include discipline, up to and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the capital asset to replace the asset.
  6. The superintendent is responsible for documenting the reasons each asset was not reconciled to the capital assets management system.                                                

D.    Addition/acquisition of capital assets. 

  1. The school district's purchasing policy and administrative regulations must be followed when acquiring capital assets.  The school district's policy and administrative regulations must be followed for receiving a gift of capital assets.       
  2. The capital assets addition/acquisition documentation must be completed for each additional capital assets with an addition/acquisition cost of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold).  The following information should be collected, if applicable:
    a. 
    Name of location-building/department/room;
    b. 
    Location-building/department/room code;
    c. 
    Balance sheet accounting/class code;
    d. 
    Government or BTA program;
    e. 
    Addition/acquisition date;
    f. 
    Check/purchase order number or gift;
    g. 
    Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the capital asset;
    h. 
    Serial/model number;                                                                                                    
    i. 
    Cost-historical;
    j. 
    Fair market value on acquisition date (donated assets only);
    k. 
    Estimated useful life;
    l. 
    Vendor;
    m. 
    Purchasing fund and function;
    n. 
    Description of capital asset;
    o. 
    Department/person charged with custody,
    p. 
    Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,
    q. 
    Quantity;
    r. 
    Replacement cost;
    s. 
    Addition/acquisition authorization; and,
    t. 
    Function for depreciation.
  3. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
  4. The actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the capital assets management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered.  Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.
  5. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

E.     Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment capital assets.

  1. A capital assets relocation/transfer documentation must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment capital assets from their current location.  The following information must be collected:
    a. 
    Relocation/transfer date;
    b. 
    Quantity;
    c. 
    Bar code identification number;
    d. 
    Current location-building/department/room code;
    e. 
    Name of current location-building/department/room;
    f. 
    New location-building/department/room code;
    g. 
    Name of new location-building/department/room;
    h. 
    Date placed at new location-building/department/room;
    i. 
    Department/person charged with custody; and
    j. 
    /transfer authorization.
  2. Capital assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

F.     Disposal of capital assets

  1. A Capital Assets disposal documentation must be completed prior to disposing of real property.  The following information must be collected:
    a. 
    Disposal date;
    b. 
    Quantity;
    c. 
    Bar code tag identification number;
    d. 
    Legal description,
    e. 
    Location/Address;
    f. 
    Purchaser;
    g. 
    Disposal methods for real property trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and,
    h. 
    Disposal authorization.
  2. Capital assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
  3. When assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities.  The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.

G.    Lost, damaged or stolen capital assets.

  1. A Lost, Damaged or Stolen Capital Assets Report must be completed when a capital asset has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:
    a. 
    Date of loss, damage or theft;
    b. 
    Employee/person discovering;
    c. 
    Quantity;
    d. 
    Description of capital asset;
    e. 
    Bar code tag identification number;
    f. 
    Location-building/department/room;
    g. 
    Description of loss, damage, etc.;
    h. 
    Filing of police report-yes or no;
    i. 
    Filing of insurance report-yes or no;
    j. 
    Sent for repair-yes or no;
    k. 
    Date returned from repair;
    l.. 
    Date returned to location-building/department/room;
    m. 
    Department/person charged with custody; and,
    n. 
    Authorization.                                                             
  2. Capital assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.

H.    Capital assets reports

  1. Annual reports for June 30 each year.                               
    a. 
    Capital assets listing including the following items:
         1) 
    Balance sheet accounting/class code;
         2) 
    Purchasing fund, function and depreciation function;
         3) 
    Bar code tag identification number;
         4) 
    Description of the capital asset;
         5) 
    Historical cost or other;
         6) 
    Location;
         7) 
    Current year depreciation/expense; and,
         8) 
    Accumulated depreciation/amortization.
    b. 
    Capital assets listing by location/building;
    c. 
    Capital assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and,
    d. 
    Capital assets listing by replacement cost. 

  

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:32

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions

Back trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date.  This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined.  It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.

Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual.  They are:  200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.

Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.

Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.

Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements.  Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services.  These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.

Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district's capital assets.

Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold) based on the historical cost include:  long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances.  Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.

Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records

Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.

Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project.  The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service. 

Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.

Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.

Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence.  In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.

Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings.  Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building.  Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment. 

General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole.  Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.

General capital assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.

Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues.  These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.

Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government's governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units.  There are two basic government-wide financial statements the statement of net assets and the statement of activities.  Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.

Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service.  For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.  For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.

Improvements – In addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity.  The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.

Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers.  Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as "betterments," but the term "improvements" is preferred.

Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets.  Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, tater and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.

Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district's investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments. 

Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.

Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use.  Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as:  transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.

Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows.  There are two different types of proprietary funds:  enterprise funds and internal service funds.

Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:45

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

802.5 - Buildings and Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities

The board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities.  School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district.  Renovated and new buildings and sites will be accessible to persons with disabilities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634 (2012).

42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. (2012).
Iowa Code chs. 104A; 216 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed: July 10, 2023

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:47

803 - Selling and Leasing

803 - Selling and Leasing dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:49

401.10 - School Credit Cards

401.10 - School Credit Cards

The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties.  Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the Board of Directors (Board) and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the Board in the performance of their duties.

Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item.  Failure to provide a proper receipt shall make the expense a personal expense.  Personal expenses shall be reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district’s credit card.  In exceptional circumstances, the Superintendent of Schools (Superintendent) or Board may allow a claim without proper receipt.  Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances shall be maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.  It shall be the responsibility of the Board of Directors (Board) to determine through the audit and approval process of the Board whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business.

 

 

Legal References: 
(Code of Iowa)

Chapter 279.8, 279.29, 279.30 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1)

Date of Adoption:                                                      
March 14, 1994                                                          

Date of Review:
September 19, 2011
May 14, 2018

July 10, 2023 (CHANGE OF # FROM 803.3 to 401.10)

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:54

803.1 - Disposition of Obolete Equipment of Obsolete Equipment

803.1 - Disposition of Obolete Equipment of Obsolete Equipment

School property, such as equipment, furnishings, or supplies (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district.  It is the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.

Obsolete equipment or property other than real property having a value of no more than $25,000 may be sold or disposed of in a manner determined by the board.  The Superintendent or his or her designee shall be authorized to dispose of such furnishings, equipment, and or supplies by various methods including auctions, bids, disposal, first come first served, gifting to nonprofits, etc. However, the sale or disposition of equipment, furnishings or supplies disposed of in this manner may be published in a newspaper of general circulation or other media platforms managed by the district.  The publication of the sale or disposition may be published with at least one insertion each week for two consecutive weeks.  Any other disposition may be done in any other manner so with only one insertion in same newspaper

A public hearing will be held regarding the disposal of the equipment with a value of $25,000 or more prior to the board's final decision.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale or disposition and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property will be in the resolution.  Notice of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date unless otherwise required by law.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the equipment.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 297.22-.25 (2013).

Adopted:   
7/11/05

Reviewed:
3/11/2024

REVISED:

3/11/2024

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:49

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings and Sites

803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings and Sites

Decisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board.  In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.

Prior to the board's final decision regarding real property, a public hearing will be held.  The board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale which will contain notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property or locally known address.  Notice of the time and place of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date.  Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may dispose of the property.

If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25.

In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids will be taken.  If the bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.

In the case of the razing of a school district facility, in an amount in excess of the statutory minimum required by law, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.

The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings.  It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 297.15-.25 (2013).

Approved:      
January 15, 1990

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

July 10, 2023

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:50

804 - Safety Program

804 - Safety Program dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:52

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

804.1 - Facilities Inspections

A program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds will be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites. The board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code § 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

July 10, 2023

Revised:                                             
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:52

804.2 - District Emergency Operations Plans

804.2 - District Emergency Operations Plans

 

The safety and security of the school community is paramount to the Community School District.  While there is no absolute guarantee of safety, it is the goal of the district to encourage and support a physically secure learning and working environment within its buildings.  The district shall work in conjunction with community stakeholders including local emergency management coordinators and local law enforcement agencies to create emergency operations plans for all district buildings and school buildings where students are educated.

The superintendent [or their designee] shall be responsible for the development, review and implementation of the district emergency operations plan.  The plan shall include procedures for transmitting alerts regarding emergency situations to school personnel, students, and employers for non-school employees whose presence is regularly required in the school building.  The emergency operations plan shall be updated and reviewed annually by the Board and shall address responses to natural disasters, active shooter scenarios and other emergencies as determined by the district.  The emergency operations plans are confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under Iowa Code Chapter 22.  However, the district shall publish procedures for students, school personnel, parents, and family members to report possible safety threats on school grounds and at school activities.  

The administration shall hold annual emergency operations drills at each district building covered by an emergency operations plan in accordance with law.  The district shall determine which school personnel shall participate and whether local law enforcement and students participate in annual drills.   

 

NOTE: This is not a mandatory policy, but all school districts are required to have emergency operations plans in place for their districts no later than June 30, 2019.

Legal Reference:        

Legal Reference: Iowa Code 280.30

Approved:

Reviewed:

July 10, 2023

Revised:
October 10, 2016

July 10, 2023

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:55

804.6 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

804.6 - Use of Recording Devices on School Property

USE OF RECORDING DEVICES ON SCHOOL PROPERTY

District-Generated Recordings

The district believes in the importance of providing a safe and enriching learning environment possible for its students.  The district uses digital recording devices on school property including school transportation vehicles to help protect the safety of district students, employees and community members; and to safeguard district property which is funded using public resources.  Additionally, district-generated recordings of students engaging in the district’s educational and extracurricular programs can be essential to engage positively with the school community and promote the value of public education.

In order to balance privacy and safety interests, no recording devices will be utilized on district property where individuals maintain a reasonable expectation of privacy.  These areas include but are not limited to: the school nurse’s office, restrooms, locker rooms, changing areas, lactation spaces and employee break areas.

Recordings of students have the potential to be considered education records.  Any recordings will be maintained and accessed in compliance with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act and the district’s policy on student records.

Recordings will be digitally maintained and stored for an appropriate amount of time to maintain the safety of the educational environment and to safeguard district property, after which they will be destroyed.  The superintendent or superintendent’s designee will establish any necessary regulations related to the secure storage, maintenance, viewing and destruction of digital recordings.

Non-District Generated Recordings

The use of non-district owned recording devices on school property and at school events will be regulated.  Students, parents and community members will not be permitted to take recordings of other students or employees during school hours unless the recording is authorized in advance by building administration.  Students and employees found to violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary measures consistent with board policy and applicable student and employee handbooks.  This policy will not be construed or enforced in a way that infringes on employee activity otherwise protected by law.

It is important to foster a community spirit and sense of unity within the district.  However, the district acknowledges that not every student or staff member feels comfortable or safe being recorded.  At district-sponsored extracurricular events and activities, the use of non-district owned recording devices by the public may be monitored by administration if a concern is made known to district administration by a student, employee or parent.  Any individuals determined to be making recordings considered bothersome to students or staff may be asked to stop or destroy their recording and may be asked to leave the event.

Legal Reference:
20 USC 1232
Iowa Code §§ 279.8

Cross Reference:
506.1 Student Records
711.2R2 Use of Recording Devices on School Buses

Approved:  September 13, 2021

Reviewed: July 10, 023

 

jcarter@algona… Mon, 09/20/2021 - 14:42

804.6R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property

804.6R1 - Use of District Owned Recording Devices on District Property

The board supports the use of recording devices on district property as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees.  District property includes district-owned land, buildings, vehicles, buses and any other property as needed.    The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.

Student Records

The content of the recordings may be a student record subject to federal and state law, board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records.  Generally, surveillance video that does not capture any specific incident is not a student record or personnel record and may be disclosed as a public record upon request.  Only those persons with a legal basis or legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings.  In most instances, individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, classroom teacher, transportation director, bus driver, HR director and special education staffing team.  A parent may inspect, review or be informed of the content of the recording without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording, whether the student is a bystander to an incident or directly involved.  The district may, but is not obligated by law to provide a copy of a recording to a parent or student upon request.  

A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity.  If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.

Notice
The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:

The Algona Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district owned property.  The recording devices will be used to enhance safety and security within the educational environment.  Students, employees, and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.  The content of the recordings may be considered confidential student records and will be retained with other student records.  Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration.  Parents may request to view the recording of their child.

Review of Recording Devices

The school district will review the recordings:

When necessary, as a result of an incident reported by an employee or student.  The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 14 days.

If not public records, the viewing of the recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose.  A written log, as appropriate, may be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings was viewed.

Student Conduct

Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school property.  Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering. 

Employee Conduct

District-generated recordings may be used as evidence in employee disciplinary matters, as appropriate.  Employees are prohibited from tampering with recording devices on school property.  Employees found to be in violation of this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action as outlined in the employee handbook and relevant board policies

 

Date of Adoption: 
September 10, 2011                                                   

Date of Review:
September 13, 2021

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 01/23/2020 - 21:08

Policy 804.4 Asbestos Containing Material

Policy 804.4 Asbestos Containing Material

Friable and nonfriable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed.  If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with nonasbestos containing materials.  Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.

The school district will annually notify, appoint and train appropriate employees as necessary.

 

Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §§ 3601 et seq. 
40 C.F.R. Pt. 763.84.
Iowa Code §§ 279.52-.54.

 

ADOPTED: July 10, 2023

REVIEWED:

REVISED:

lisa.chapman@a… Tue, 07/11/2023 - 09:57

900 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS

900 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS jen@iowaschool… Tue, 01/07/2020 - 14:14

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations

The Board of Directors shall strive to keep the community informed of the objectives, achievements, needs, and conditions of the school system.  The Superintendent of Schools shall be responsible for initiating and administrating a continuous program of communication within the community.  The Superintendent shall utilize needed school personnel and all media available in discharging this responsibility.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:58

901 - Public Examination of School Disrict Records

901 - Public Examination of School Disrict Records

Public records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district.  These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.

Persons wishing to view the school district's public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing.  The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.

Persons may request copied of public records by telephone or in writing, including electronically.  The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing.

Persons wanting copies may be assessed a fee for the copy.  Persons wanting compilation of information may be assessed a fee for the time of the employee to compile the requested information.  Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.

Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:

  • Security procedures
  • Emergency preparedness procedures
  • Evacuation procedures
  • Security codes and passwords

It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22.7; 291.6 (2014).

1980 Op. Att'y Gen. 88.
1972 Op. Att'y Gen. 158.
1968 Op. Att'y Gen. 656.

Approved:
September 19, 2011

Reviewed:                                          

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 15:59

902 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media

902 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:01

902.1 - News Media Relations

902.1 - News Media Relations

The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media.  The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media.  As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party's limitations.

Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings.  The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the spokesperson for the school district.  It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent.  The superintendent will accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.4; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:01

902.4 - Live Broadcast or Recording

902.4 - Live Broadcast or Recording

Individuals may broadcast or record public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with, or disrupt, the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.

It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or recording will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.

Recording of classroom activities will be allowed at the discretion of the superintendent.  Parents will be notified prior to recording of classroom activities.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations outlining the procedures for making the request and the rules for operation if the request is granted.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 21.4, .7; 22; 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:02

903 - Other Intra-district Relations

903 - Other Intra-district Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:03

903.1 - School – Community Groups

903.1 - School – Community Groups

The board values the participation and the support of school district-community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program.  The board will work closely with these groups.

Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the group will confer with the superintendent or designee to assist the group in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district's needs.

Funds raised by these groups for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district.

It is the responsibility of the building principal to be the liaison with the school district-community groups affiliated with the building principal's attendance center.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:04

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

903.2 - Community Resource Persons and Volunteers

The board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community.  When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching.  The school district may officially recognize the contributions made by volunteers.

Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the building principal

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 670 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:05

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites

The board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites.  Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival.

Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session must notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized.  Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.

Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events.  Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises.  Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.

It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct.  It is the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct.  If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 716.7 (2013).

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:05

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

903.4 - Public Conduct on School Premises

The board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect, engage in responsible behavior, exercise self-discipline and model fairness, equity and respect.  Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline.  Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies.  Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws.  Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy. 

Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district's rules and policies.  Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity.  Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior.  The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.

To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:

  • Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
  • Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
  • The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.

If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event.  Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance. 

Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so.  The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent.  The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.

If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution.  The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .66; 716.7 (2013).

Approved:                                                                   
November 8, 1999

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised: 
September 18, 2000
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:06

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

903.5 - Distribution of Materials

The board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are noncurricular.  Noncurricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.

It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the building principals to draft administrative regulations regarding this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
U.S. Const. amend. I.

Hazelwood School District v. Kuhlmeier, 484 U.S. 260 (1988).
Bethel School District v. Fraser, 478 U.S. 675 (1986).
New Jersey v. T.L.O., 469 U.S. 325 (1985).
Tinker v. Des Moines Ind. Comm. Sch. Dist., 393 U.S. 503 (1969).
Bystrom v. Fridley High School, 822 F.2d 747 (8th Cir. 1987).
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.22 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
March 14, 2005                                                          

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:08

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

903.5R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation

I. Guidelines.

Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:

  1. is obscene to minors;
  2. is libelous;
  3. contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;
  4. advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;
  5. constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person's race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);
  6. presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.

Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited.  Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.

II.  Procedures.

Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:

  1. Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;
  2. Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;
  3. Location where material will be displayed or distributed;
  4. The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.

Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy.  In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial.  Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person will contact the building principal's office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

f the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent.  If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person.  If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.

At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant witnesses and material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.

Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.

III.  Time, place and manner of distribution.

The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities.  The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:

  1. The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.
  2. The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.
  3. No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.

IV.  Definitions.

The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:

  1. "Obscene to minors" is defined as:
    (a) 
    The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;
    (b) 
    The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as  intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and
    (c)  
    The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.
  1. "Minor" means any person under the age of eighteen.
  1. "Material and substantial disruption" of a normal school activity is defined as follows:
    (a)
      Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, "material and substantial disruption" is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.
    (b)
      Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), "material and substantial disruption" is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity. 
    (c)  
    In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.
  1. "School activities" means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.
  1. "Unofficial" written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school.  Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.
  1. "Libelous" is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual's reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.
     
  2. "Distribution" means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies.  It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.

V.   Disciplinary action.

Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion.  Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.

VI.   Notice of policy to students.

A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:09

904 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

904 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:16

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

904.1 - Transporting Students in Private Vehicles

Generally, transporting students for school purposes is done in a vehicle owned by the school district and driven by a school bus driver.  Students may be transported in private vehicles for school purposes.  It is within the discretion of the superintendent or designee to determine when this is appropriate.

Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent or designee and meet all applicable requirements set by the district.  Private vehicles will be used only when:

  • The vehicle is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;
  • The driver possesses a valid drivers’ license;
  • Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa ; and
  • When the parents of the students to be transported have given written permission to the superintendent. 

The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes. If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.

This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to transporting students to and from their designated attendance center. The superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 285; 321.

281 I.A.C. 43

Approved:

Reviewed:

Revised:
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:16

905 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment

905 - Use of School District Facilities & Equipment dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:18

905.1 - Community Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

905.1 - Community Use of School District Facilities and Equipment

All local, civic, religious, fraternal, patriotic and community welfare organizations, including any individuals or groups interested in promoting cultural, educational or recreational activities are eligible to use the auditoriums, gymnasiums, classrooms, and other school properties, providing the activities conducted or to be conducted are not contrary to public interest as determined by the Board of Directors or its representatives, or as provided by law. 

School buildings are community buildings, and every effort will be made to cooperate with local community groups and/or families for the use of school facilities for educational or recreational purposes whenever such use does not conflict with the school's program.  Custodial service will be provided for the care of school buildings during the period of use.  Entities that use school district buildings, or equipment, or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.  Inappropriate use of school district facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use school district facilities or equipment in the future

All requests for the use of facilities by an outside organization wishing to use the buildings after school hours are to be made through the business office.  A school official designated by the Superintendent will clear all requests with the office of the principal in the building concerned.  It is the responsibility of the designated school official to determine whether the school district facility or equipment requested is available and whether the application for use meets board policy, administrative regulations and Iowa Code requirements.  It is the responsibility of the designated official to provide application forms and draw up the contract for use of school district facilities and equipment.  Groups renting facilities may be required to provide proof of insurance.

The Board cannot legally use money collected from taxes for school purposes to support programs of community groups however worthy their programs may be.  Consequently, while the building may be furnished, operating costs must be borne by the group that chooses to use the school.  A schedule of minimum costs for the use of facilities will be reviewed every five years.  The Board directs the Superintendent to prepare a schedule of fees for the use of school facilities.  This schedule shall be presented to the Board for their final approval.

Fee schedules may be adjusted according to the hours and the service needed.  A copy of the current fee schedule is found in Regulation 905.1R1. 

The general policies governing the scheduling and use of school facilities will apply on requests for Sunday use, if such use is approved; however, Sunday use of school facilities for public purpose will generally be discouraged.    Building administrators may exercise judgment as to the use of school recreational facilities for Sunday use by students and parents.  Availability of adequate supervisory personnel, the nature of the activity, and the physical well-being of the facilities shall be among those things considered in the administrator's judgment.

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Iowa Code §§ 8D; 123.46; 276; 278.1(4); 279.8; 297.9-.11 (2013).

1982 Op. Att'y Gen. 561.
1940 Op. Att'y Gen. 232.
1936 Op. Att'y Gen. 196.

Approved:      
February 9, 1976                                                        

Reviewed:
September 19, 2011

Revised:
June 9, 1980
July 13, 1981
June 10, 1985
March 13, 1995
January 12, 1998
October 9, 2000
November 11, 2002
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:18

905.1E2 - Community Use - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

905.1E2 - Community Use - Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement

The undersigned, hereafter referred to as "entity," states that it will hold the Algona Community School District, hereafter referred to as "school district," harmless from any and all damages and claims that may arise by reason of any negligence on the part of the entity in the use of any facilities or equipment owned by the school district.  In case any action is brought therefore against the school district or any of its officers, employees or agents, the entity will assume full responsibility for the legal defense thereof, and upon its failure to do so on proper notice, the school district reserves the right to defend such action and to charge all costs, including attorneys' fees, to the entity.

The entity agrees to furnish and maintain during the usage of the facilities or equipment owned by the school district such bodily injury and property damage liability insurance as will protect the entity and the school district from claims or damages for personal injury, including accidental death, and from claims for property damages which may arise from the entity's use of the school district's facilities or equipment whether such operations be by the entity or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the entity.

If requested, the entity will furnish the school district with a certificate of insurance acceptable to the school district's insurance carrier before the contract is issued.

Dated at                                , Iowa, this               day of                         , 20       .

 

_______________________________________________________________School District
(Entity)

 

 

By ____________________________________________________________     By  ____________________________________________________________ 
                                                                                                                                           Superintendent

Title   __________________________________________________________     By  ____________________________________________________________ 
                                                                                                                                           Secretary

Address  ________________________________________________________    

________________________________________________________________    

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:22

905.1R1 - Community Use – Fees Schedule

905.1R1 - Community Use – Fees Schedule

Fee reductions may be approved for the following organizations:

  1. Algona City Recreation Department;
  2. Algona Area Scouting Activities;
  3. Algona Area 4-H Activities; and

Approval of reduced fees may be granted by the Superintendent of Schools or a designee on a specific activity request basis by filling out an Application For Building Use form.  Request must be approved five days prior to event.  Criteria for approval for 1 through 3 above will primarily be based on the number of school-age students involved in the activity if a majority attend school in the Algona School District.

In accordance with Section 43.93 of the Code of Iowa regarding political party caususes during a presidential election year, there will be no charge for causus meetings.  All other political activities will be charged the same rate as other groups.

 

                                                             FEES

 

          FACILITY                                                              MINIMUM FEE

 

AAU/ Youth Practice                                      $5 per hour (full hours only)

Camera (taken out of building)                       $25 per hour + deposit

Classrooms                                                      $30.00 -3 hours

Elementary Gym                                             $100.00 – 3 hours  

Libraries                                                           $75.00 – 3 hours

Middle School Lunch Room                          $100.00 – 3 hours

High School Commons                                   $150.00 – 3 hours

Middle School and High School Gym            $150.00 – 3 hours  ($75 for City Rec)

High School Little Theater                             $100.00

ICN Room                                                      $12.50 per hour

Portable Stage Rental                                     $100.00 per day (not to leave building

Kitchens                                                          $ 75.00  (not including Food Service Staff)

 

In addition to paying the above fees, other than entities using the ICN classroom, each entity must make arrangements with the school district to have adequate custodial and supervisory services.  Buildings will not be available unless a contract is signed by the entity and the school district well in advance of scheduled usage.  Entities that use school district buildings, or equipment, or sites must leave the building or site in the same condition it was in prior to its use.  Inappropriate use of school district facilities and equipment may result in additional fees charged to, or the inability of, the entity to use school district facilities or equipment in the future.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:25

905.1R2 - Wilcox PAC Community Use Fee Schedule

905.1R2 - Wilcox PAC Community Use Fee Schedule

History
The Ed and Betty Wilcox Performing Arts Center became a reality through a generous gift of $5 million from the Wilcox family. In February of 2015, Ed Wilcox approached the school district about the potential cost to build an auditorium.  The Algona School District agreed to contribute $2.5 million towards the project through SAVE Funds as well as to build a parking lot at a cost of $700,000.  Over the next few months, several other donors became involved including Iowa State Bank, Pharmacist Mutual Companies and the Algona School Foundation, each with a gift of $167,000.  As bids were received at the end of August, it became apparent that additional funding was needed.  At this point the Ken Kemna family made a $500,000 donation to complete the project financing. The total cost to construct the PAC was $7.2 million.

Intent of Donors
It was the intent of Mr. and Mrs. Wilcox that the Performing Arts Center be used by not only the school district, but Bishop Garrigan and Seton as well as the community at large. Local nonprofits should have no rental fees for the facility with the exception of some minimal cleaning or managerial costs.  To make this possible, the Wilcox family placed $1 million of their $5 million gift in a trust with the proceeds from the trust going to the Algona School District to assist with annual costs to operate the facility.  For-profit groups will also incur a rental fee for the facility.

When scheduling the facility, priority will be in order to: 1) Algona Community School District, 2) Bishop Garrigan and Seton Schools, 3) Area Nonprofit Groups, 4) Area For-Profit Groups, 5) Other Parties.   A schedule of events will be kept by the Algona School District, and booking of the PAC can be done at Central Administration 600 S. Hale St. Algona, IA 50511 or by calling 515-295-3528.  The facility is not considered booked until signed usage agreements are completed.  A fee schedule is included in this document.  The Algona Community School District does reserve the right to cancel usage agreements with 30 days’ notice.

Food and Beverage

  • Food and beverages are not allowed in the theater at any time.
  • TOBACCO, DRUGS OR ALCOHOL ARE NOT ALLOWED IN THE BUILDING OR ON THE SCHOOL GROUNDS.  Any evidence of such will result in cancellation of the current usage contract and will result in the renter losing the privilege of using the PAC in the future.  No refunds will be issued.

Decorations, Sets and Deliveries

  • Painting of any type is not permitted in the facility.
  • Use of adhesives including tape, decals, etc. are not allowed without prior consent from the Manager of the Performing Arts Center.
  • Storage of decorations, set supplies, paint etc. is not allowed in the PAC.  Renters are required to remove all items after their event.
  • Freight deliveries must occur during the time of the rental agreement and must be arranged with the PAC Manager or their designee.

Building Usage

  • No keys will be checked out to the PAC.  When using the facility, either the PAC Manager or their designee must be present during all hours of the rental agreement.
  • Groups will have access only to areas specified in their rental agreement.
  • Move-in and move-out of the facility will occur through the loading dock only, not through pedestrian entrances.
  • Tap shoes are allowed on the stage only.
  • No items may be put up that block building entrances or exits.
  • No flammable materials are allowed in the facility.  The use of pyrotechnics during an event is prohibited.

Fee Groups

Group 1:          Schools

Group 2:          Local Nonprofit Groups

Group 3:          All Others

 

               RENTAL FEE SCHEDULE

Hourly Rate     (3HR Minimum)         Group 1           Group 2           Group 3          

PAC Rental                                         NC                  $100/hr            $150/hr                                   

 

Equipment Rental Fee (Flat Rate)      Group 1           Group 2           Group 3          

Custom Lighting                                 TBD                TBD                TBD               

Projector and Screen                           NC                  NC                  NC                 

Risers & Chairs                                   NC                  $150                $300

Grand Piano Fee                                 NC                  $100                $100

Microphones                                       NC                  NC                  $50     

Spotlights                                            NC                  NC                  $50

 

Extra Charges                                     Group 1           Group 2           Group 3          

Custodial                                             TBD                TBD                TBD   

Sunday Surcharge                               TBD                $100                $500

 

Renters in all groups are financially responsible for any damages to the facility that may occur during their rental agreement.  A damage deposit of $250 is required at the time of entering this contract.

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:28

905.2 - Tobacco Nicotine-Free Environment

905.2 - Tobacco Nicotine-Free Environment

School district facilities and grounds, including school vehicles, are off limits for tobacco use, including the use of nicotine products that are not FDA (Food and Drug Administration) approved for tobacco cessation.  This requirement extends to students, employees and visitors.  This policy applies at all times, including school-sponsored and nonschool-sponsored events.  Persons failing to abide by this policy are required to extinguish their smoking material, dispose of the tobacco/nicotine product or leave the school district premises

 

 

Legal Reference:        
Goals 2000:  Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).

House File 2212, Iowa General Assembly (2008)    
Iowa Code §§ 142D; 279.8, .9; 297 (2013).

Approved:                                                                  
September 19, 2011

Reviewed:

Revised:
May 12, 2014
October 10, 2016

 

dawn@iowaschoo… Sat, 01/25/2020 - 16:27

905.3 - Weapons in the School District

905.3 - Weapons in the School District

WEAPONS IN THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

The board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities and at school district-approved events cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.

All weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes are prohibited to be carried, possessed, transported or otherwise stored on school district property and to school district-approved events.  Exceptions to this policy include weapons carried by the following individuals in performance of their official duties:

  • law enforcement;
  • military personnel;
  • corrections officers;
  • individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent, and;
  • students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity.

Individuals found to be in violation of this district policy will be required to immediately remove the weapon, dangerous object or look-a-likes from the school district property or event.  Students found to be in violation of this policy or any other board policies related to weapons will be subject to disciplinary proceedings.

 

Note:  In 2021, the legislature made changes to decriminalize the carrying of firearms on campus by certain individuals if certain circumstances are met.  However, much like creating tobacco-free campuses, schools maintain the authority to choose whether to place additional limitations on the carrying of firearms on district property as needed to protect the health and safety of students and staff.

 

 

Legal Reference:
18 U.S.C. § 921
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)

Cross Reference:
502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
503 Student Discipline
507 Student Health and Well-Being

Approved:  
September 13, 2021

Reviewed:

 

jcarter@algona… Mon, 09/20/2021 - 14:58